summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre57
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-raid.rst2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/multihit.rst163
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst276
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt102
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/perf/thunderx2-pmu.rst20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/booting.rst3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst67
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/memory.rst9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/stat.rst14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/bpf/index.rst9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/bpf/s390.rst205
-rw-r--r--Documentation/core-api/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/core-api/symbol-namespaces.rst (renamed from Documentation/kbuild/namespaces.rst)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/index.rst16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/test.rst11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst62
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst79
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst180
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst576
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ss.yaml60
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/amlogic,gxl-crypto.yaml52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rc.yaml1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9062.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ralink.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-nand-controller.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/intel,ixp4xx-flash.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn532.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn533-i2c.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml111
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml114
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt69
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml240
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83869.yaml84
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/arm-ccn.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/lantiq,vrx200-pcie-phy.yaml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml86
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml69
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt25
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/atmel-trng.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/nuvoton,npcm-rng.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap3_rom_rng.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos5250-trng.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,hspi.yaml57
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzn1-spi.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml159
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt105
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.txt37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.yaml86
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32-qspi.txt47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-qspi.yaml83
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst68
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/k10temp.rst18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/modules.rst7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/reproducible-builds.rst13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/livepatch/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/livepatch/system-state.rst167
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/af_xdp.rst277
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.txt46
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/mac-phy-support.rst191
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e100.rst14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000.rst12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000e.rst14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/fm10k.rst10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/i40e.rst8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/iavf.rst8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ice.rst6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igb.rst12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igbvf.rst6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbe.rst10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbevf.rst6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/mellanox/mlx5.rst21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/pensando/ionic.rst10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw_switchdev.txt209
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mlx5.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mv88e6xxx.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/devlink-params-ti-cpsw-switch.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/devlink-params.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/devlink-trap.rst61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/filter.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/j1939.rst2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/nfc.rst (renamed from Documentation/networking/nfc.txt)74
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/phy.rst3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tls.rst26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/process/coding-style.rst2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/process/deprecated.rst33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/rio.rst109
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/pvtime.rst80
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/index.rst1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/tsx_async_abort.rst117
164 files changed, 5158 insertions, 861 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ec4a79e3a807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/regs
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE cluster.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/cluster_ctrl
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Write the HPRE core selection in the cluster into this file,
+ and then we can read the debug information of the core.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/rdclr_en
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: HPRE cores debug registers read clear control. 1 means enable
+ register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no
+ functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after
+ reading of these registers.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/current_qm
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One HPRE controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function
+ has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/regs
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump debug registers from the QM.
+ Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only
+ has one debug register.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/current_q
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to
+ show its debug registers in above qm_regs.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
+Date: Sep 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: QM debug registers(qm_regs) read clear control. 1 means enable
+ register read clear, otherwise 0.
+ Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or
+ disable counters clear after reading of these registers.
+ Only available for PF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..06adb899495e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/sec_dfx
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump the debug registers of SEC cores.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/clear_enable
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading
+ the SEC debug registers.
+ 0: disable, 1: enable.
+ Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/current_qm
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One SEC controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function
+ has a QM. This file can be used to select the QM which below
+ qm refers to.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Dump of QM related debug registers.
+ Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only
+ has one debug register.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/qm/current_q
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: One QM of SEC may contain multiple queues. Select specific
+ queue to show its debug registers in above 'qm_regs'.
+ Only available for PF.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable
+Date: Oct 2019
+Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading
+ the SEC's QM debug registers.
+ 0: disable, 1: enable.
+ Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
index 2c44b4f1b060..70dcaf2481f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -29,4 +29,9 @@ Description:
17 - sectors discarded
18 - time spent discarding
+ Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests:
+
+ 19 - flush requests completed successfully
+ 20 - time spent flushing
+
For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index f8c7c7126bb1..ed8c14f161ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -15,6 +15,12 @@ Description:
9 - I/Os currently in progress
10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 12 - discards completed
+ 13 - discards merged
+ 14 - sectors discarded
+ 15 - time spent discarding (ms)
+ 16 - flush requests completed
+ 17 - time spent flushing (ms)
For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics
index 397118de7b5e..55db27815361 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics
@@ -51,6 +51,14 @@ Description:
packet processing. See the network driver for the exact
meaning of this value.
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_errors
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of receive errors on this network device.
+ See the network driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+
What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_fifo_errors
Date: April 2005
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
@@ -88,6 +96,14 @@ Description:
due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network
driver for the exact meaning of this value.
+What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_nohandler
+Date: February 2016
+KernelVersion: 4.6
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the number of received packets that were dropped on
+ an inactive device by the network core.
+
What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_over_errors
Date: April 2005
KernelVersion: 2.6.12
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 06d0931119cc..fc20cde63d1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -486,6 +486,8 @@ What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit
Date: January 2018
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index 0fa8c0e615c2..007ba86aef78 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -615,8 +615,8 @@ on an IO device and is an example of this type.
Protections
-----------
-A cgroup is protected to be allocated upto the configured amount of
-the resource if the usages of all its ancestors are under their
+A cgroup is protected upto the configured amount of the resource
+as long as the usages of all its ancestors are under their
protected levels. Protections can be hard guarantees or best effort
soft boundaries. Protections can also be over-committed in which case
only upto the amount available to the parent is protected among
@@ -1096,7 +1096,10 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
is within its effective min boundary, the cgroup's memory
won't be reclaimed under any conditions. If there is no
unprotected reclaimable memory available, OOM killer
- is invoked.
+ is invoked. Above the effective min boundary (or
+ effective low boundary if it is higher), pages are reclaimed
+ proportionally to the overage, reducing reclaim pressure for
+ smaller overages.
Effective min boundary is limited by memory.min values of
all ancestor cgroups. If there is memory.min overcommitment
@@ -1118,7 +1121,10 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
Best-effort memory protection. If the memory usage of a
cgroup is within its effective low boundary, the cgroup's
memory won't be reclaimed unless memory can be reclaimed
- from unprotected cgroups.
+ from unprotected cgroups. Above the effective low boundary (or
+ effective min boundary if it is higher), pages are reclaimed
+ proportionally to the overage, reducing reclaim pressure for
+ smaller overages.
Effective low boundary is limited by memory.low values of
all ancestor cgroups. If there is memory.low overcommitment
@@ -1328,7 +1334,7 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
pgdeactivate
- Amount of pages moved to the inactive LRU lis
+ Amount of pages moved to the inactive LRU list
pglazyfree
@@ -2482,8 +2488,10 @@ system performance due to overreclaim, to the point where the feature
becomes self-defeating.
The memory.low boundary on the other hand is a top-down allocated
-reserve. A cgroup enjoys reclaim protection when it's within its low,
-which makes delegation of subtrees possible.
+reserve. A cgroup enjoys reclaim protection when it's within its
+effective low, which makes delegation of subtrees possible. It also
+enjoys having reclaim pressure proportional to its overage when
+above its effective low.
The original high boundary, the hard limit, is defined as a strict
limit that can not budge, even if the OOM killer has to be called.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst
index a30aa91b5fbe..594095b54b29 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst
@@ -177,6 +177,11 @@ bitmap_flush_interval:number
The bitmap flush interval in milliseconds. The metadata buffers
are synchronized when this interval expires.
+fix_padding
+ Use a smaller padding of the tag area that is more
+ space-efficient. If this option is not present, large padding is
+ used - that is for compatibility with older kernels.
+
The journal mode (D/J), buffer_sectors, journal_watermark, commit_time can
be changed when reloading the target (load an inactive table and swap the
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-raid.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-raid.rst
index 2fe255b130fb..f6344675e395 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-raid.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-raid.rst
@@ -417,3 +417,5 @@ Version History
deadlock/potential data corruption. Update superblock when
specific devices are requested via rebuild. Fix RAID leg
rebuild errors.
+ 1.15.0 Fix size extensions not being synchronized in case of new MD bitmap
+ pages allocated; also fix those not occuring after previous reductions
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
index 49311f3da6f2..0795e3c2643f 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
@@ -12,3 +12,5 @@ are configurable at compile, boot or run time.
spectre
l1tf
mds
+ tsx_async_abort
+ multihit.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/multihit.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/multihit.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ba9988d8bce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/multihit.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+iTLB multihit
+=============
+
+iTLB multihit is an erratum where some processors may incur a machine check
+error, possibly resulting in an unrecoverable CPU lockup, when an
+instruction fetch hits multiple entries in the instruction TLB. This can
+occur when the page size is changed along with either the physical address
+or cache type. A malicious guest running on a virtualized system can
+exploit this erratum to perform a denial of service attack.
+
+
+Affected processors
+-------------------
+
+Variations of this erratum are present on most Intel Core and Xeon processor
+models. The erratum is not present on:
+
+ - non-Intel processors
+
+ - Some Atoms (Airmont, Bonnell, Goldmont, GoldmontPlus, Saltwell, Silvermont)
+
+ - Intel processors that have the PSCHANGE_MC_NO bit set in the
+ IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR.
+
+
+Related CVEs
+------------
+
+The following CVE entry is related to this issue:
+
+ ============== =================================================
+ CVE-2018-12207 Machine Check Error Avoidance on Page Size Change
+ ============== =================================================
+
+
+Problem
+-------
+
+Privileged software, including OS and virtual machine managers (VMM), are in
+charge of memory management. A key component in memory management is the control
+of the page tables. Modern processors use virtual memory, a technique that creates
+the illusion of a very large memory for processors. This virtual space is split
+into pages of a given size. Page tables translate virtual addresses to physical
+addresses.
+
+To reduce latency when performing a virtual to physical address translation,
+processors include a structure, called TLB, that caches recent translations.
+There are separate TLBs for instruction (iTLB) and data (dTLB).
+
+Under this errata, instructions are fetched from a linear address translated
+using a 4 KB translation cached in the iTLB. Privileged software modifies the
+paging structure so that the same linear address using large page size (2 MB, 4
+MB, 1 GB) with a different physical address or memory type. After the page
+structure modification but before the software invalidates any iTLB entries for
+the linear address, a code fetch that happens on the same linear address may
+cause a machine-check error which can result in a system hang or shutdown.
+
+
+Attack scenarios
+----------------
+
+Attacks against the iTLB multihit erratum can be mounted from malicious
+guests in a virtualized system.
+
+
+iTLB multihit system information
+--------------------------------
+
+The Linux kernel provides a sysfs interface to enumerate the current iTLB
+multihit status of the system:whether the system is vulnerable and which
+mitigations are active. The relevant sysfs file is:
+
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit
+
+The possible values in this file are:
+
+.. list-table::
+
+ * - Not affected
+ - The processor is not vulnerable.
+ * - KVM: Mitigation: Split huge pages
+ - Software changes mitigate this issue.
+ * - KVM: Vulnerable
+ - The processor is vulnerable, but no mitigation enabled
+
+
+Enumeration of the erratum
+--------------------------------
+
+A new bit has been allocated in the IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES (PSCHANGE_MC_NO) msr
+and will be set on CPU's which are mitigated against this issue.
+
+ ======================================= =========== ===============================
+ IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR Not present Possibly vulnerable,check model
+ IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES[PSCHANGE_MC_NO] '0' Likely vulnerable,check model
+ IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES[PSCHANGE_MC_NO] '1' Not vulnerable
+ ======================================= =========== ===============================
+
+
+Mitigation mechanism
+-------------------------
+
+This erratum can be mitigated by restricting the use of large page sizes to
+non-executable pages. This forces all iTLB entries to be 4K, and removes
+the possibility of multiple hits.
+
+In order to mitigate the vulnerability, KVM initially marks all huge pages
+as non-executable. If the guest attempts to execute in one of those pages,
+the page is broken down into 4K pages, which are then marked executable.
+
+If EPT is disabled or not available on the host, KVM is in control of TLB
+flushes and the problematic situation cannot happen. However, the shadow
+EPT paging mechanism used by nested virtualization is vulnerable, because
+the nested guest can trigger multiple iTLB hits by modifying its own
+(non-nested) page tables. For simplicity, KVM will make large pages
+non-executable in all shadow paging modes.
+
+Mitigation control on the kernel command line and KVM - module parameter
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The KVM hypervisor mitigation mechanism for marking huge pages as
+non-executable can be controlled with a module parameter "nx_huge_pages=".
+The kernel command line allows to control the iTLB multihit mitigations at
+boot time with the option "kvm.nx_huge_pages=".
+
+The valid arguments for these options are:
+
+ ========== ================================================================
+ force Mitigation is enabled. In this case, the mitigation implements
+ non-executable huge pages in Linux kernel KVM module. All huge
+ pages in the EPT are marked as non-executable.
+ If a guest attempts to execute in one of those pages, the page is
+ broken down into 4K pages, which are then marked executable.
+
+ off Mitigation is disabled.
+
+ auto Enable mitigation only if the platform is affected and the kernel
+ was not booted with the "mitigations=off" command line parameter.
+ This is the default option.
+ ========== ================================================================
+
+
+Mitigation selection guide
+--------------------------
+
+1. No virtualization in use
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+ The system is protected by the kernel unconditionally and no further
+ action is required.
+
+2. Virtualization with trusted guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+ If the guest comes from a trusted source, you may assume that the guest will
+ not attempt to maliciously exploit these errata and no further action is
+ required.
+
+3. Virtualization with untrusted guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+ If the guest comes from an untrusted source, the guest host kernel will need
+ to apply iTLB multihit mitigation via the kernel command line or kvm
+ module parameter.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fddbd7579c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+TAA - TSX Asynchronous Abort
+======================================
+
+TAA is a hardware vulnerability that allows unprivileged speculative access to
+data which is available in various CPU internal buffers by using asynchronous
+aborts within an Intel TSX transactional region.
+
+Affected processors
+-------------------
+
+This vulnerability only affects Intel processors that support Intel
+Transactional Synchronization Extensions (TSX) when the TAA_NO bit (bit 8)
+is 0 in the IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR. On processors where the MDS_NO bit
+(bit 5) is 0 in the IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR, the existing MDS mitigations
+also mitigate against TAA.
+
+Whether a processor is affected or not can be read out from the TAA
+vulnerability file in sysfs. See :ref:`tsx_async_abort_sys_info`.
+
+Related CVEs
+------------
+
+The following CVE entry is related to this TAA issue:
+
+ ============== ===== ===================================================
+ CVE-2019-11135 TAA TSX Asynchronous Abort (TAA) condition on some
+ microprocessors utilizing speculative execution may
+ allow an authenticated user to potentially enable
+ information disclosure via a side channel with
+ local access.
+ ============== ===== ===================================================
+
+Problem
+-------
+
+When performing store, load or L1 refill operations, processors write
+data into temporary microarchitectural structures (buffers). The data in
+those buffers can be forwarded to load operations as an optimization.
+
+Intel TSX is an extension to the x86 instruction set architecture that adds
+hardware transactional memory support to improve performance of multi-threaded
+software. TSX lets the processor expose and exploit concurrency hidden in an
+application due to dynamically avoiding unnecessary synchronization.
+
+TSX supports atomic memory transactions that are either committed (success) or
+aborted. During an abort, operations that happened within the transactional region
+are rolled back. An asynchronous abort takes place, among other options, when a
+different thread accesses a cache line that is also used within the transactional
+region when that access might lead to a data race.
+
+Immediately after an uncompleted asynchronous abort, certain speculatively
+executed loads may read data from those internal buffers and pass it to dependent
+operations. This can be then used to infer the value via a cache side channel
+attack.
+
+Because the buffers are potentially shared between Hyper-Threads cross
+Hyper-Thread attacks are possible.
+
+The victim of a malicious actor does not need to make use of TSX. Only the
+attacker needs to begin a TSX transaction and raise an asynchronous abort
+which in turn potenitally leaks data stored in the buffers.
+
+More detailed technical information is available in the TAA specific x86
+architecture section: :ref:`Documentation/x86/tsx_async_abort.rst <tsx_async_abort>`.
+
+
+Attack scenarios
+----------------
+
+Attacks against the TAA vulnerability can be implemented from unprivileged
+applications running on hosts or guests.
+
+As for MDS, the attacker has no control over the memory addresses that can
+be leaked. Only the victim is responsible for bringing data to the CPU. As
+a result, the malicious actor has to sample as much data as possible and
+then postprocess it to try to infer any useful information from it.
+
+A potential attacker only has read access to the data. Also, there is no direct
+privilege escalation by using this technique.
+
+
+.. _tsx_async_abort_sys_info:
+
+TAA system information
+-----------------------
+
+The Linux kernel provides a sysfs interface to enumerate the current TAA status
+of mitigated systems. The relevant sysfs file is:
+
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort
+
+The possible values in this file are:
+
+.. list-table::
+
+ * - 'Vulnerable'
+ - The CPU is affected by this vulnerability and the microcode and kernel mitigation are not applied.
+ * - 'Vulnerable: Clear CPU buffers attempted, no microcode'
+ - The system tries to clear the buffers but the microcode might not support the operation.
+ * - 'Mitigation: Clear CPU buffers'
+ - The microcode has been updated to clear the buffers. TSX is still enabled.
+ * - 'Mitigation: TSX disabled'
+ - TSX is disabled.
+ * - 'Not affected'
+ - The CPU is not affected by this issue.
+
+.. _ucode_needed:
+
+Best effort mitigation mode
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+If the processor is vulnerable, but the availability of the microcode-based
+mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID the kernel selects a best
+effort mitigation mode. This mode invokes the mitigation instructions
+without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers.
+
+This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the
+microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to expose the
+CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the protection takes
+effect; otherwise a few CPU cycles are wasted pointlessly.
+
+The state in the tsx_async_abort sysfs file reflects this situation
+accordingly.
+
+
+Mitigation mechanism
+--------------------
+
+The kernel detects the affected CPUs and the presence of the microcode which is
+required. If a CPU is affected and the microcode is available, then the kernel
+enables the mitigation by default.
+
+
+The mitigation can be controlled at boot time via a kernel command line option.
+See :ref:`taa_mitigation_control_command_line`.
+
+.. _virt_mechanism:
+
+Virtualization mitigation
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Affected systems where the host has TAA microcode and TAA is mitigated by
+having disabled TSX previously, are not vulnerable regardless of the status
+of the VMs.
+
+In all other cases, if the host either does not have the TAA microcode or
+the kernel is not mitigated, the system might be vulnerable.
+
+
+.. _taa_mitigation_control_command_line:
+
+Mitigation control on the kernel command line
+---------------------------------------------
+
+The kernel command line allows to control the TAA mitigations at boot time with
+the option "tsx_async_abort=". The valid arguments for this option are:
+
+ ============ =============================================================
+ off This option disables the TAA mitigation on affected platforms.
+ If the system has TSX enabled (see next parameter) and the CPU
+ is affected, the system is vulnerable.
+
+ full TAA mitigation is enabled. If TSX is enabled, on an affected
+ system it will clear CPU buffers on ring transitions. On
+ systems which are MDS-affected and deploy MDS mitigation,
+ TAA is also mitigated. Specifying this option on those
+ systems will have no effect.
+
+ full,nosmt The same as tsx_async_abort=full, with SMT disabled on
+ vulnerable CPUs that have TSX enabled. This is the complete
+ mitigation. When TSX is disabled, SMT is not disabled because
+ CPU is not vulnerable to cross-thread TAA attacks.
+ ============ =============================================================
+
+Not specifying this option is equivalent to "tsx_async_abort=full".
+
+The kernel command line also allows to control the TSX feature using the
+parameter "tsx=" on CPUs which support TSX control. MSR_IA32_TSX_CTRL is used
+to control the TSX feature and the enumeration of the TSX feature bits (RTM
+and HLE) in CPUID.
+
+The valid options are:
+
+ ============ =============================================================
+ off Disables TSX on the system.
+
+ Note that this option takes effect only on newer CPUs which are
+ not vulnerable to MDS, i.e., have MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES.MDS_NO=1
+ and which get the new IA32_TSX_CTRL MSR through a microcode
+ update. This new MSR allows for the reliable deactivation of
+ the TSX functionality.
+
+ on Enables TSX.
+
+ Although there are mitigations for all known security
+ vulnerabilities, TSX has been known to be an accelerator for
+ several previous speculation-related CVEs, and so there may be
+ unknown security risks associated with leaving it enabled.
+
+ auto Disables TSX if X86_BUG_TAA is present, otherwise enables TSX
+ on the system.
+ ============ =============================================================
+
+Not specifying this option is equivalent to "tsx=off".
+
+The following combinations of the "tsx_async_abort" and "tsx" are possible. For
+affected platforms tsx=auto is equivalent to tsx=off and the result will be:
+
+ ========= ========================== =========================================
+ tsx=on tsx_async_abort=full The system will use VERW to clear CPU
+ buffers. Cross-thread attacks are still
+ possible on SMT machines.
+ tsx=on tsx_async_abort=full,nosmt As above, cross-thread attacks on SMT
+ mitigated.
+ tsx=on tsx_async_abort=off The system is vulnerable.
+ tsx=off tsx_async_abort=full TSX might be disabled if microcode
+ provides a TSX control MSR. If so,
+ system is not vulnerable.
+ tsx=off tsx_async_abort=full,nosmt Ditto
+ tsx=off tsx_async_abort=off ditto
+ ========= ========================== =========================================
+
+
+For unaffected platforms "tsx=on" and "tsx_async_abort=full" does not clear CPU
+buffers. For platforms without TSX control (MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES.MDS_NO=0)
+"tsx" command line argument has no effect.
+
+For the affected platforms below table indicates the mitigation status for the
+combinations of CPUID bit MD_CLEAR and IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR bits MDS_NO
+and TSX_CTRL_MSR.
+
+ ======= ========= ============= ========================================
+ MDS_NO MD_CLEAR TSX_CTRL_MSR Status
+ ======= ========= ============= ========================================
+ 0 0 0 Vulnerable (needs microcode)
+ 0 1 0 MDS and TAA mitigated via VERW
+ 1 1 0 MDS fixed, TAA vulnerable if TSX enabled
+ because MD_CLEAR has no meaning and
+ VERW is not guaranteed to clear buffers
+ 1 X 1 MDS fixed, TAA can be mitigated by
+ VERW or TSX_CTRL_MSR
+ ======= ========= ============= ========================================
+
+Mitigation selection guide
+--------------------------
+
+1. Trusted userspace and guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+If all user space applications are from a trusted source and do not execute
+untrusted code which is supplied externally, then the mitigation can be
+disabled. The same applies to virtualized environments with trusted guests.
+
+
+2. Untrusted userspace and guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+If there are untrusted applications or guests on the system, enabling TSX
+might allow a malicious actor to leak data from the host or from other
+processes running on the same physical core.
+
+If the microcode is available and the TSX is disabled on the host, attacks
+are prevented in a virtualized environment as well, even if the VMs do not
+explicitly enable the mitigation.
+
+
+.. _taa_default_mitigations:
+
+Default mitigations
+-------------------
+
+The kernel's default action for vulnerable processors is:
+
+ - Deploy TSX disable mitigation (tsx_async_abort=full tsx=off).
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
index 5d63b18bd6d1..4f0462af3ca7 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst
@@ -121,6 +121,15 @@ Field 15 -- # of milliseconds spent discarding
This is the total number of milliseconds spent by all discards (as
measured from __make_request() to end_that_request_last()).
+Field 16 -- # of flush requests completed
+ This is the total number of flush requests completed successfully.
+
+ Block layer combines flush requests and executes at most one at a time.
+ This counts flush requests executed by disk. Not tracked for partitions.
+
+Field 17 -- # of milliseconds spent flushing
+ This is the total number of milliseconds spent by all flush requests.
+
To avoid introducing performance bottlenecks, no locks are held while
modifying these counters. This implies that minor inaccuracies may be
introduced when changes collide, so (for instance) adding up all the
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index c7ac2f3ac99f..9b847f06cb19 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -2055,6 +2055,25 @@
KVM MMU at runtime.
Default is 0 (off)
+ kvm.nx_huge_pages=
+ [KVM] Controls the software workaround for the
+ X86_BUG_ITLB_MULTIHIT bug.
+ force : Always deploy workaround.
+ off : Never deploy workaround.
+ auto : Deploy workaround based on the presence of
+ X86_BUG_ITLB_MULTIHIT.
+
+ Default is 'auto'.
+
+ If the software workaround is enabled for the host,
+ guests do need not to enable it for nested guests.
+
+ kvm.nx_huge_pages_recovery_ratio=
+ [KVM] Controls how many 4KiB pages are periodically zapped
+ back to huge pages. 0 disables the recovery, otherwise if
+ the value is N KVM will zap 1/Nth of the 4KiB pages every
+ minute. The default is 60.
+
kvm-amd.nested= [KVM,AMD] Allow nested virtualization in KVM/SVM.
Default is 1 (enabled)
@@ -2636,6 +2655,13 @@
ssbd=force-off [ARM64]
l1tf=off [X86]
mds=off [X86]
+ tsx_async_abort=off [X86]
+ kvm.nx_huge_pages=off [X86]
+
+ Exceptions:
+ This does not have any effect on
+ kvm.nx_huge_pages when
+ kvm.nx_huge_pages=force.
auto (default)
Mitigate all CPU vulnerabilities, but leave SMT
@@ -2651,6 +2677,7 @@
be fully mitigated, even if it means losing SMT.
Equivalent to: l1tf=flush,nosmt [X86]
mds=full,nosmt [X86]
+ tsx_async_abort=full,nosmt [X86]
mminit_loglevel=
[KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is set, this
@@ -3083,9 +3110,9 @@
[X86,PV_OPS] Disable paravirtualized VMware scheduler
clock and use the default one.
- no-steal-acc [X86,KVM] Disable paravirtualized steal time accounting.
- steal time is computed, but won't influence scheduler
- behaviour
+ no-steal-acc [X86,KVM,ARM64] Disable paravirtualized steal time
+ accounting. steal time is computed, but won't
+ influence scheduler behaviour
nolapic [X86-32,APIC] Do not enable or use the local APIC.
@@ -4848,6 +4875,71 @@
interruptions from clocksource watchdog are not
acceptable).
+ tsx= [X86] Control Transactional Synchronization
+ Extensions (TSX) feature in Intel processors that
+ support TSX control.
+
+ This parameter controls the TSX feature. The options are:
+
+ on - Enable TSX on the system. Although there are
+ mitigations for all known security vulnerabilities,
+ TSX has been known to be an accelerator for
+ several previous speculation-related CVEs, and
+ so there may be unknown security risks associated
+ with leaving it enabled.
+
+ off - Disable TSX on the system. (Note that this
+ option takes effect only on newer CPUs which are
+ not vulnerable to MDS, i.e., have
+ MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES.MDS_NO=1 and which get
+ the new IA32_TSX_CTRL MSR through a microcode
+ update. This new MSR allows for the reliable
+ deactivation of the TSX functionality.)
+
+ auto - Disable TSX if X86_BUG_TAA is present,
+ otherwise enable TSX on the system.
+
+ Not specifying this option is equivalent to tsx=off.
+
+ See Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
+ for more details.
+
+ tsx_async_abort= [X86,INTEL] Control mitigation for the TSX Async
+ Abort (TAA) vulnerability.
+
+ Similar to Micro-architectural Data Sampling (MDS)
+ certain CPUs that support Transactional
+ Synchronization Extensions (TSX) are vulnerable to an
+ exploit against CPU internal buffers which can forward
+ information to a disclosure gadget under certain
+ conditions.
+
+ In vulnerable processors, the speculatively forwarded
+ data can be used in a cache side channel attack, to
+ access data to which the attacker does not have direct
+ access.
+
+ This parameter controls the TAA mitigation. The
+ options are:
+
+ full - Enable TAA mitigation on vulnerable CPUs
+ if TSX is enabled.
+
+ full,nosmt - Enable TAA mitigation and disable SMT on
+ vulnerable CPUs. If TSX is disabled, SMT
+ is not disabled because CPU is not
+ vulnerable to cross-thread TAA attacks.
+ off - Unconditionally disable TAA mitigation
+
+ Not specifying this option is equivalent to
+ tsx_async_abort=full. On CPUs which are MDS affected
+ and deploy MDS mitigation, TAA mitigation is not
+ required and doesn't provide any additional
+ mitigation.
+
+ For details see:
+ Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/tsx_async_abort.rst
+
turbografx.map[2|3]= [HW,JOY]
TurboGraFX parallel port interface
Format:
@@ -5302,6 +5394,10 @@
the unplug protocol
never -- do not unplug even if version check succeeds
+ xen_legacy_crash [X86,XEN]
+ Crash from Xen panic notifier, without executing late
+ panic() code such as dumping handler.
+
xen_nopvspin [X86,XEN]
Disables the ticketlock slowpath using Xen PV
optimizations.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst
index 517a205abad6..90056e4e8859 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst
@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ The "format" directory describes format of the config (event ID) and config1
(AXI filtering) fields of the perf_event_attr structure, see /sys/bus/event_source/
devices/imx8_ddr0/format/. The "events" directory describes the events types
hardware supported that can be used with perf tool, see /sys/bus/event_source/
-devices/imx8_ddr0/events/.
+devices/imx8_ddr0/events/. The "caps" directory describes filter features implemented
+in DDR PMU, see /sys/bus/events_source/devices/imx8_ddr0/caps/.
e.g.::
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/cycles/ cmd
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/read/,imx8_ddr0/write/ cmd
@@ -25,9 +26,12 @@ devices/imx8_ddr0/events/.
AXI filtering is only used by CSV modes 0x41 (axid-read) and 0x42 (axid-write)
to count reading or writing matches filter setting. Filter setting is various
from different DRAM controller implementations, which is distinguished by quirks
-in the driver.
+in the driver. You also can dump info from userspace, filter in "caps" directory
+indicates whether PMU supports AXI ID filter or not; enhanced_filter indicates
+whether PMU supports enhanced AXI ID filter or not. Value 0 for un-supported, and
+value 1 for supported.
-* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk.
+* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk(filter: 1, enhanced_filter: 0).
Filter is defined with two configuration parts:
--AXI_ID defines AxID matching value.
--AXI_MASKING defines which bits of AxID are meaningful for the matching.
@@ -50,3 +54,8 @@ in the driver.
axi_id to monitor a specific id, rather than having to specify axi_mask.
e.g.::
perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-read,axi_id=0x12/ cmd, which will monitor ARID=0x12
+
+* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER_ENHANCED quirk(filter: 1, enhanced_filter: 1).
+ This is an extension to the DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk which permits
+ counting the number of bytes (as opposed to the number of bursts) from DDR
+ read and write transactions concurrently with another set of data counters.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/thunderx2-pmu.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/thunderx2-pmu.rst
index 08e33675853a..01f158238ae1 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/thunderx2-pmu.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/thunderx2-pmu.rst
@@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ Cavium ThunderX2 SoC Performance Monitoring Unit (PMU UNCORE)
=============================================================
The ThunderX2 SoC PMU consists of independent, system-wide, per-socket
-PMUs such as the Level 3 Cache (L3C) and DDR4 Memory Controller (DMC).
+PMUs such as the Level 3 Cache (L3C), DDR4 Memory Controller (DMC) and
+Cavium Coherent Processor Interconnect (CCPI2).
The DMC has 8 interleaved channels and the L3C has 16 interleaved tiles.
Events are counted for the default channel (i.e. channel 0) and prorated
to the total number of channels/tiles.
-The DMC and L3C support up to 4 counters. Counters are independently
-programmable and can be started and stopped individually. Each counter
-can be set to a different event. Counters are 32-bit and do not support
-an overflow interrupt; they are read every 2 seconds.
+The DMC and L3C support up to 4 counters, while the CCPI2 supports up to 8
+counters. Counters are independently programmable to different events and
+can be started and stopped individually. None of the counters support an
+overflow interrupt. DMC and L3C counters are 32-bit and read every 2 seconds.
+The CCPI2 counters are 64-bit and assumed not to overflow in normal operation.
PMU UNCORE (perf) driver:
The thunderx2_pmu driver registers per-socket perf PMUs for the DMC and
-L3C devices. Each PMU can be used to count up to 4 events
-simultaneously. The PMUs provide a description of their available events
-and configuration options under sysfs, see
-/sys/devices/uncore_<l3c_S/dmc_S/>; S is the socket id.
+L3C devices. Each PMU can be used to count up to 4 (DMC/L3C) or up to 8
+(CCPI2) events simultaneously. The PMUs provide a description of their
+available events and configuration options under sysfs, see
+/sys/devices/uncore_<l3c_S/dmc_S/ccpi2_S/>; S is the socket id.
The driver does not support sampling, therefore "perf record" will not
work. Per-task perf sessions are also not supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst
index 2b20f5f7380d..0310db624964 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst
@@ -330,9 +330,12 @@ There can be multiple csrows and multiple channels.
.. [#f4] Nowadays, the term DIMM (Dual In-line Memory Module) is widely
used to refer to a memory module, although there are other memory
- packaging alternatives, like SO-DIMM, SIMM, etc. Along this document,
- and inside the EDAC system, the term "dimm" is used for all memory
- modules, even when they use a different kind of packaging.
+ packaging alternatives, like SO-DIMM, SIMM, etc. The UEFI
+ specification (Version 2.7) defines a memory module in the Common
+ Platform Error Record (CPER) section to be an SMBIOS Memory Device
+ (Type 17). Along this document, and inside the EDAC subsystem, the term
+ "dimm" is used for all memory modules, even when they use a
+ different kind of packaging.
Memory controllers allow for several csrows, with 8 csrows being a
typical value. Yet, the actual number of csrows depends on the layout of
@@ -349,12 +352,14 @@ controllers. The following example will assume 2 channels:
| | ``ch0`` | ``ch1`` |
+============+===========+===========+
| ``csrow0`` | DIMM_A0 | DIMM_B0 |
- +------------+ | |
- | ``csrow1`` | | |
+ | | rank0 | rank0 |
+ +------------+ - | - |
+ | ``csrow1`` | rank1 | rank1 |
+------------+-----------+-----------+
| ``csrow2`` | DIMM_A1 | DIMM_B1 |
- +------------+ | |
- | ``csrow3`` | | |
+ | | rank0 | rank0 |
+ +------------+ - | - |
+ | ``csrow3`` | rank1 | rank1 |
+------------+-----------+-----------+
In the above example, there are 4 physical slots on the motherboard
@@ -374,11 +379,13 @@ which the memory DIMM is placed. Thus, when 1 DIMM is placed in each
Channel, the csrows cross both DIMMs.
Memory DIMMs come single or dual "ranked". A rank is a populated csrow.
-Thus, 2 single ranked DIMMs, placed in slots DIMM_A0 and DIMM_B0 above
-will have just one csrow (csrow0). csrow1 will be empty. On the other
-hand, when 2 dual ranked DIMMs are similarly placed, then both csrow0
-and csrow1 will be populated. The pattern repeats itself for csrow2 and
-csrow3.
+In the example above 2 dual ranked DIMMs are similarly placed. Thus,
+both csrow0 and csrow1 are populated. On the other hand, when 2 single
+ranked DIMMs are placed in slots DIMM_A0 and DIMM_B0, then they will
+have just one csrow (csrow0) and csrow1 will be empty. The pattern
+repeats itself for csrow2 and csrow3. Also note that some memory
+controllers don't have any logic to identify the memory module, see
+``rankX`` directories below.
The representation of the above is reflected in the directory
tree in EDAC's sysfs interface. Starting in directory
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.rst b/Documentation/arm64/booting.rst
index d3f3a60fbf25..5d78a6f5b0ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.rst
@@ -213,6 +213,9 @@ Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met:
- ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (bit 3) must be initialiased to 0b1.
- ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1.
+ - ICC_CTLR_EL3.PMHE (bit 6) must be set to the same value across
+ all CPUs the kernel is executing on, and must stay constant
+ for the lifetime of the kernel.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst b/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst
index 2955287e9acc..b6e44884e3ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst
@@ -168,8 +168,15 @@ infrastructure:
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
- 3) MIDR_EL1 - Main ID Register
+ 3) ID_AA64PFR1_EL1 - Processor Feature Register 1
+ +------------------------------+---------+---------+
+ | Name | bits | visible |
+ +------------------------------+---------+---------+
+ | SSBS | [7-4] | y |
+ +------------------------------+---------+---------+
+
+ 4) MIDR_EL1 - Main ID Register
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
@@ -188,11 +195,15 @@ infrastructure:
as available on the CPU where it is fetched and is not a system
wide safe value.
- 4) ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1 - Instruction set attribute register 1
+ 5) ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1 - Instruction set attribute register 1
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
+ | SB | [39-36] | y |
+ +------------------------------+---------+---------+
+ | FRINTTS | [35-32] | y |
+ +------------------------------+---------+---------+
| GPI | [31-28] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| GPA | [27-24] | y |
@@ -210,7 +221,7 @@ infrastructure:
| DPB | [3-0] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
- 5) ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1 - Memory model feature register 2
+ 6) ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1 - Memory model feature register 2
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
@@ -218,7 +229,7 @@ infrastructure:
| AT | [35-32] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
- 6) ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1 - SVE feature ID register 0
+ 7) ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1 - SVE feature ID register 0
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst b/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst
index 91f79529c58c..7fa3d215ae6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst
@@ -119,10 +119,6 @@ HWCAP_LRCPC
HWCAP_DCPOP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DPB == 0b0001.
-HWCAP2_DCPODP
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DPB == 0b0010.
-
HWCAP_SHA3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SHA3 == 0b0001.
@@ -141,30 +137,6 @@ HWCAP_SHA512
HWCAP_SVE
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001.
-HWCAP2_SVE2
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SVEVer == 0b0001.
-
-HWCAP2_SVEAES
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0001.
-
-HWCAP2_SVEPMULL
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0010.
-
-HWCAP2_SVEBITPERM
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.BitPerm == 0b0001.
-
-HWCAP2_SVESHA3
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SHA3 == 0b0001.
-
-HWCAP2_SVESM4
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SM4 == 0b0001.
-
HWCAP_ASIMDFHM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.FHM == 0b0001.
@@ -180,13 +152,12 @@ HWCAP_ILRCPC
HWCAP_FLAGM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.TS == 0b0001.
-HWCAP2_FLAGM2
-
- Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.TS == 0b0010.
-
HWCAP_SSBS
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.SSBS == 0b0010.
+HWCAP_SB
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.SB == 0b0001.
+
HWCAP_PACA
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.APA == 0b0001 or
ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.API == 0b0001, as described by
@@ -197,6 +168,38 @@ HWCAP_PACG
ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.GPI == 0b0001, as described by
Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.rst.
+HWCAP2_DCPODP
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DPB == 0b0010.
+
+HWCAP2_SVE2
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SVEVer == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVEAES
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVEPMULL
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0010.
+
+HWCAP2_SVEBITPERM
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.BitPerm == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVESHA3
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SHA3 == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVESM4
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SM4 == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_FLAGM2
+
+ Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.TS == 0b0010.
+
HWCAP2_FRINT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.FRINTTS == 0b0001.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst b/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst
index b040909e45f8..02e02175e6f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.rst
@@ -154,11 +154,18 @@ return virtual addresses to userspace from a 48-bit range.
Software can "opt-in" to receiving VAs from a 52-bit space by
specifying an mmap hint parameter that is larger than 48-bit.
+
For example:
- maybe_high_address = mmap(~0UL, size, prot, flags,...);
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ maybe_high_address = mmap(~0UL, size, prot, flags,...);
It is also possible to build a debug kernel that returns addresses
from a 52-bit space by enabling the following kernel config options:
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
CONFIG_EXPERT=y && CONFIG_ARM64_FORCE_52BIT=y
Note that this option is only intended for debugging applications
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst
index 17ea3fecddaa..99b2545455ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.rst
@@ -70,8 +70,12 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #1319537 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1319367 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A72 | #853709 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| ARM | Cortex-A72 | #1319367 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1319367 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A73 | #858921 | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A55 | #1024718 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718 |
@@ -88,9 +92,16 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1349291 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1542419 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1542419 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,826419 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| Broadcom | Brahma-B53 | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_845719 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| Broadcom | Brahma-B53 | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_843419 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375,24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #23144 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23144 |
@@ -107,6 +118,8 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX2 SMMUv3| #126 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| Cavium | ThunderX2 Core | #219 | CAVIUM_TX2_ERRATUM_219 |
++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Freescale/NXP | LS2080A/LS1043A | A-008585 | FSL_ERRATUM_A008585 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
@@ -124,7 +137,7 @@ stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo/Falkor v1 | E1003 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1003 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
-| Qualcomm Tech. | Falkor v1 | E1009 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009 |
+| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo/Falkor v1 | E1009 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | QDF2400 ITS | E0065 | QCOM_QDF2400_ERRATUM_0065 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
diff --git a/Documentation/block/stat.rst b/Documentation/block/stat.rst
index 9c07bc22b0bc..77311335c08b 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/stat.rst
+++ b/Documentation/block/stat.rst
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ discard I/Os requests number of discard I/Os processed
discard merges requests number of discard I/Os merged with in-queue I/O
discard sectors sectors number of sectors discarded
discard ticks milliseconds total wait time for discard requests
+flush I/Os requests number of flush I/Os processed
+flush ticks milliseconds total wait time for flush requests
=============== ============= =================================================
read I/Os, write I/Os, discard I/0s
@@ -48,6 +50,14 @@ read I/Os, write I/Os, discard I/0s
These values increment when an I/O request completes.
+flush I/Os
+==========
+
+These values increment when an flush I/O request completes.
+
+Block layer combines flush requests and executes at most one at a time.
+This counts flush requests executed by disk. Not tracked for partitions.
+
read merges, write merges, discard merges
=========================================
@@ -62,8 +72,8 @@ discarded from this block device. The "sectors" in question are the
standard UNIX 512-byte sectors, not any device- or filesystem-specific
block size. The counters are incremented when the I/O completes.
-read ticks, write ticks, discard ticks
-======================================
+read ticks, write ticks, discard ticks, flush ticks
+===================================================
These values count the number of milliseconds that I/O requests have
waited on this block device. If there are multiple I/O requests waiting,
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
index 801a6ed3f2e5..4f5410b61441 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
@@ -47,6 +47,15 @@ Program types
prog_flow_dissector
+Testing BPF
+===========
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ s390
+
+
.. Links:
.. _Documentation/networking/filter.txt: ../networking/filter.txt
.. _man-pages: https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst b/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst
index a78bf036cadd..4d86780ab0f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst
@@ -142,3 +142,6 @@ BPF flow dissector doesn't support exporting all the metadata that in-kernel
C-based implementation can export. Notable example is single VLAN (802.1Q)
and double VLAN (802.1AD) tags. Please refer to the ``struct bpf_flow_keys``
for a set of information that's currently can be exported from the BPF context.
+
+When BPF flow dissector is attached to the root network namespace (machine-wide
+policy), users can't override it in their child network namespaces.
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/s390.rst b/Documentation/bpf/s390.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..21ecb309daea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/s390.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+===================
+Testing BPF on s390
+===================
+
+1. Introduction
+***************
+
+IBM Z are mainframe computers, which are descendants of IBM System/360 from
+year 1964. They are supported by the Linux kernel under the name "s390". This
+document describes how to test BPF in an s390 QEMU guest.
+
+2. One-time setup
+*****************
+
+The following is required to build and run the test suite:
+
+ * s390 GCC
+ * s390 development headers and libraries
+ * Clang with BPF support
+ * QEMU with s390 support
+ * Disk image with s390 rootfs
+
+Debian supports installing compiler and libraries for s390 out of the box.
+Users of other distros may use debootstrap in order to set up a Debian chroot::
+
+ sudo debootstrap \
+ --variant=minbase \
+ --include=sudo \
+ testing \
+ ./s390-toolchain
+ sudo mount --rbind /dev ./s390-toolchain/dev
+ sudo mount --rbind /proc ./s390-toolchain/proc
+ sudo mount --rbind /sys ./s390-toolchain/sys
+ sudo chroot ./s390-toolchain
+
+Once on Debian, the build prerequisites can be installed as follows::
+
+ sudo dpkg --add-architecture s390x
+ sudo apt-get update
+ sudo apt-get install \
+ bc \
+ bison \
+ cmake \
+ debootstrap \
+ dwarves \
+ flex \
+ g++ \
+ gcc \
+ g++-s390x-linux-gnu \
+ gcc-s390x-linux-gnu \
+ gdb-multiarch \
+ git \
+ make \
+ python3 \
+ qemu-system-misc \
+ qemu-utils \
+ rsync \
+ libcap-dev:s390x \
+ libelf-dev:s390x \
+ libncurses-dev
+
+Latest Clang targeting BPF can be installed as follows::
+
+ git clone https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project.git
+ ln -s ../../clang llvm-project/llvm/tools/
+ mkdir llvm-project-build
+ cd llvm-project-build
+ cmake \
+ -DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD=BPF \
+ -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
+ -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/opt/clang-bpf \
+ ../llvm-project/llvm
+ make
+ sudo make install
+ export PATH=/opt/clang-bpf/bin:$PATH
+
+The disk image can be prepared using a loopback mount and debootstrap::
+
+ qemu-img create -f raw ./s390.img 1G
+ sudo losetup -f ./s390.img
+ sudo mkfs.ext4 /dev/loopX
+ mkdir ./s390.rootfs
+ sudo mount /dev/loopX ./s390.rootfs
+ sudo debootstrap \
+ --foreign \
+ --arch=s390x \
+ --variant=minbase \
+ --include=" \
+ iproute2, \
+ iputils-ping, \
+ isc-dhcp-client, \
+ kmod, \
+ libcap2, \
+ libelf1, \
+ netcat, \
+ procps" \
+ testing \
+ ./s390.rootfs
+ sudo umount ./s390.rootfs
+ sudo losetup -d /dev/loopX
+
+3. Compilation
+**************
+
+In addition to the usual Kconfig options required to run the BPF test suite, it
+is also helpful to select::
+
+ CONFIG_NET_9P=y
+ CONFIG_9P_FS=y
+ CONFIG_NET_9P_VIRTIO=y
+ CONFIG_VIRTIO_PCI=y
+
+as that would enable a very easy way to share files with the s390 virtual
+machine.
+
+Compiling kernel, modules and testsuite, as well as preparing gdb scripts to
+simplify debugging, can be done using the following commands::
+
+ make ARCH=s390 CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu- menuconfig
+ make ARCH=s390 CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu- bzImage modules scripts_gdb
+ make ARCH=s390 CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu- \
+ -C tools/testing/selftests \
+ TARGETS=bpf \
+ INSTALL_PATH=$PWD/tools/testing/selftests/kselftest_install \
+ install
+
+4. Running the test suite
+*************************
+
+The virtual machine can be started as follows::
+
+ qemu-system-s390x \
+ -cpu max,zpci=on \
+ -smp 2 \
+ -m 4G \
+ -kernel linux/arch/s390/boot/compressed/vmlinux \
+ -drive file=./s390.img,if=virtio,format=raw \
+ -nographic \
+ -append 'root=/dev/vda rw console=ttyS1' \
+ -virtfs local,path=./linux,security_model=none,mount_tag=linux \
+ -object rng-random,filename=/dev/urandom,id=rng0 \
+ -device virtio-rng-ccw,rng=rng0 \
+ -netdev user,id=net0 \
+ -device virtio-net-ccw,netdev=net0
+
+When using this on a real IBM Z, ``-enable-kvm`` may be added for better
+performance. When starting the virtual machine for the first time, disk image
+setup must be finalized using the following command::
+
+ /debootstrap/debootstrap --second-stage
+
+Directory with the code built on the host as well as ``/proc`` and ``/sys``
+need to be mounted as follows::
+
+ mkdir -p /linux
+ mount -t 9p linux /linux
+ mount -t proc proc /proc
+ mount -t sysfs sys /sys
+
+After that, the test suite can be run using the following commands::
+
+ cd /linux/tools/testing/selftests/kselftest_install
+ ./run_kselftest.sh
+
+As usual, tests can be also run individually::
+
+ cd /linux/tools/testing/selftests/bpf
+ ./test_verifier
+
+5. Debugging
+************
+
+It is possible to debug the s390 kernel using QEMU GDB stub, which is activated
+by passing ``-s`` to QEMU.
+
+It is preferable to turn KASLR off, so that gdb would know where to find the
+kernel image in memory, by building the kernel with::
+
+ RANDOMIZE_BASE=n
+
+GDB can then be attached using the following command::
+
+ gdb-multiarch -ex 'target remote localhost:1234' ./vmlinux
+
+6. Network
+**********
+
+In case one needs to use the network in the virtual machine in order to e.g.
+install additional packages, it can be configured using::
+
+ dhclient eth0
+
+7. Links
+********
+
+This document is a compilation of techniques, whose more comprehensive
+descriptions can be found by following these links:
+
+- `Debootstrap <https://wiki.debian.org/EmDebian/CrossDebootstrap>`_
+- `Multiarch <https://wiki.debian.org/Multiarch/HOWTO>`_
+- `Building LLVM <https://llvm.org/docs/CMake.html>`_
+- `Cross-compiling the kernel <https://wiki.gentoo.org/wiki/Embedded_Handbook/General/Cross-compiling_the_kernel>`_
+- `QEMU s390x Guest Support <https://wiki.qemu.org/Documentation/Platforms/S390X>`_
+- `Plan 9 folder sharing over Virtio <https://wiki.qemu.org/Documentation/9psetup>`_
+- `Using GDB with QEMU <https://wiki.osdev.org/Kernel_Debugging#Use_GDB_with_QEMU>`_
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
index fa16a0538dcb..ab0eae1c153a 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ Core utilities
protection-keys
../RCU/index
gcc-plugins
+ symbol-namespaces
Interfaces for kernel debugging
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst b/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
index 7744aa3bf2e0..939e3dfc86e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
@@ -98,6 +98,10 @@ limited. The actual limit depends on the hardware and the kernel
configuration, but it is a good practice to use `kmalloc` for objects
smaller than page size.
+The address of a chunk allocated with `kmalloc` is aligned to at least
+ARCH_KMALLOC_MINALIGN bytes. For sizes which are a power of two, the
+alignment is also guaranteed to be at least the respective size.
+
For large allocations you can use :c:func:`vmalloc` and
:c:func:`vzalloc`, or directly request pages from the page
allocator. The memory allocated by `vmalloc` and related functions is
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
index ecbebf4ca8e7..050f34f3a70f 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
@@ -79,6 +79,18 @@ has the added benefit of providing a unique identifier. On 64-bit machines
the first 32 bits are zeroed. The kernel will print ``(ptrval)`` until it
gathers enough entropy. If you *really* want the address see %px below.
+Error Pointers
+--------------
+
+::
+
+ %pe -ENOSPC
+
+For printing error pointers (i.e. a pointer for which IS_ERR() is true)
+as a symbolic error name. Error values for which no symbolic name is
+known are printed in decimal, while a non-ERR_PTR passed as the
+argument to %pe gets treated as ordinary %p.
+
Symbols/Function Pointers
-------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/namespaces.rst b/Documentation/core-api/symbol-namespaces.rst
index 982ed7b568ac..982ed7b568ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/namespaces.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/symbol-namespaces.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst b/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst
index 20ba08dddf2e..1aaf8985894b 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions
:doc: Block Cipher Algorithm Definitions
.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
- :functions: crypto_alg ablkcipher_alg blkcipher_alg cipher_alg compress_alg
+ :functions: crypto_alg cipher_alg compress_alg
Symmetric Key Cipher API
------------------------
@@ -33,30 +33,3 @@ Single Block Cipher API
.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
:functions: crypto_alloc_cipher crypto_free_cipher crypto_has_cipher crypto_cipher_blocksize crypto_cipher_setkey crypto_cipher_encrypt_one crypto_cipher_decrypt_one
-
-Asynchronous Block Cipher API - Deprecated
-------------------------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
- :doc: Asynchronous Block Cipher API
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
- :functions: crypto_free_ablkcipher crypto_has_ablkcipher crypto_ablkcipher_ivsize crypto_ablkcipher_blocksize crypto_ablkcipher_setkey crypto_ablkcipher_reqtfm crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt
-
-Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle - Deprecated
------------------------------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
- :doc: Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
- :functions: crypto_ablkcipher_reqsize ablkcipher_request_set_tfm ablkcipher_request_alloc ablkcipher_request_free ablkcipher_request_set_callback ablkcipher_request_set_crypt
-
-Synchronous Block Cipher API - Deprecated
------------------------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
- :doc: Synchronous Block Cipher API
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h
- :functions: crypto_alloc_blkcipher crypto_free_blkcipher crypto_has_blkcipher crypto_blkcipher_name crypto_blkcipher_ivsize crypto_blkcipher_blocksize crypto_blkcipher_setkey crypto_blkcipher_encrypt crypto_blkcipher_encrypt_iv crypto_blkcipher_decrypt crypto_blkcipher_decrypt_iv crypto_blkcipher_set_iv crypto_blkcipher_get_iv
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst b/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst
index 3eae1ae7f798..646c3380a7ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst
@@ -201,10 +201,6 @@ the aforementioned cipher types:
- CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AEAD Authenticated Encryption with Associated Data
(MAC)
-- CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_BLKCIPHER Synchronous multi-block cipher
-
-- CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_ABLKCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block cipher
-
- CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_KPP Key-agreement Protocol Primitive (KPP) such as
an ECDH or DH implementation
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst b/Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst
index 3baa23c2cd08..25cf9836c336 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst
@@ -63,8 +63,6 @@ request by using:
When your driver receives a crypto_request, you must to transfer it to
the crypto engine via one of:
-* crypto_transfer_ablkcipher_request_to_engine()
-
* crypto_transfer_aead_request_to_engine()
* crypto_transfer_akcipher_request_to_engine()
@@ -75,8 +73,6 @@ the crypto engine via one of:
At the end of the request process, a call to one of the following functions is needed:
-* crypto_finalize_ablkcipher_request()
-
* crypto_finalize_aead_request()
* crypto_finalize_akcipher_request()
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst b/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst
index c45c6f400dbd..f9d288015acc 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst
@@ -128,25 +128,20 @@ process requests that are unaligned. This implies, however, additional
overhead as the kernel crypto API needs to perform the realignment of
the data which may imply moving of data.
-Cipher Definition With struct blkcipher_alg and ablkcipher_alg
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+Cipher Definition With struct skcipher_alg
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Struct blkcipher_alg defines a synchronous block cipher whereas struct
-ablkcipher_alg defines an asynchronous block cipher.
+Struct skcipher_alg defines a multi-block cipher, or more generally, a
+length-preserving symmetric cipher algorithm.
-Please refer to the single block cipher description for schematics of
-the block cipher usage.
+Scatterlist handling
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Specifics Of Asynchronous Multi-Block Cipher
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-There are a couple of specifics to the asynchronous interface.
-
-First of all, some of the drivers will want to use the Generic
-ScatterWalk in case the hardware needs to be fed separate chunks of the
-scatterlist which contains the plaintext and will contain the
-ciphertext. Please refer to the ScatterWalk interface offered by the
-Linux kernel scatter / gather list implementation.
+Some drivers will want to use the Generic ScatterWalk in case the
+hardware needs to be fed separate chunks of the scatterlist which
+contains the plaintext and will contain the ciphertext. Please refer
+to the ScatterWalk interface offered by the Linux kernel scatter /
+gather list implementation.
Hashing [HASH]
--------------
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst
index b0522a4dd107..09dee10d2592 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ whole; patches welcome!
gdb-kernel-debugging
kgdb
kselftest
+ kunit/index
.. only:: subproject and html
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
index b72d07d70239..525296121d89 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
@@ -41,6 +41,9 @@ smaller binary while the latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster.
Both KASAN modes work with both SLUB and SLAB memory allocators.
For better bug detection and nicer reporting, enable CONFIG_STACKTRACE.
+To augment reports with last allocation and freeing stack of the physical page,
+it is recommended to enable also CONFIG_PAGE_OWNER and boot with page_owner=on.
+
To disable instrumentation for specific files or directories, add a line
similar to the following to the respective kernel Makefile:
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
index 25604904fa6e..ecdfdc9d4b03 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
@@ -89,6 +89,22 @@ To build, save output files in a separate directory with KBUILD_OUTPUT ::
$ export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/kselftest; make TARGETS="size timers" kselftest
+Additionally you can use the "SKIP_TARGETS" variable on the make command
+line to specify one or more targets to exclude from the TARGETS list.
+
+To run all tests but a single subsystem::
+
+ $ make -C tools/testing/selftests SKIP_TARGETS=ptrace run_tests
+
+You can specify multiple tests to skip::
+
+ $ make SKIP_TARGETS="size timers" kselftest
+
+You can also specify a restricted list of tests to run together with a
+dedicated skiplist::
+
+ $ make TARGETS="bpf breakpoints size timers" SKIP_TARGETS=bpf kselftest
+
See the top-level tools/testing/selftests/Makefile for the list of all
possible targets.
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/index.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9b9bffe5d41a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=============
+API Reference
+=============
+.. toctree::
+
+ test
+
+This section documents the KUnit kernel testing API. It is divided into the
+following sections:
+
+================================= ==============================================
+:doc:`test` documents all of the standard testing API
+ excluding mocking or mocking related features.
+================================= ==============================================
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/test.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/test.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aaa97f17e5b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/test.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+========
+Test API
+========
+
+This file documents all of the standard testing API excluding mocking or mocking
+related features.
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/kunit/test.h
+ :internal:
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bf2095112d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/faq.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==========================
+Frequently Asked Questions
+==========================
+
+How is this different from Autotest, kselftest, etc?
+====================================================
+KUnit is a unit testing framework. Autotest, kselftest (and some others) are
+not.
+
+A `unit test <https://martinfowler.com/bliki/UnitTest.html>`_ is supposed to
+test a single unit of code in isolation, hence the name. A unit test should be
+the finest granularity of testing and as such should allow all possible code
+paths to be tested in the code under test; this is only possible if the code
+under test is very small and does not have any external dependencies outside of
+the test's control like hardware.
+
+There are no testing frameworks currently available for the kernel that do not
+require installing the kernel on a test machine or in a VM and all require
+tests to be written in userspace and run on the kernel under test; this is true
+for Autotest, kselftest, and some others, disqualifying any of them from being
+considered unit testing frameworks.
+
+Does KUnit support running on architectures other than UML?
+===========================================================
+
+Yes, well, mostly.
+
+For the most part, the KUnit core framework (what you use to write the tests)
+can compile to any architecture; it compiles like just another part of the
+kernel and runs when the kernel boots. However, there is some infrastructure,
+like the KUnit Wrapper (``tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py``) that does not support
+other architectures.
+
+In short, this means that, yes, you can run KUnit on other architectures, but
+it might require more work than using KUnit on UML.
+
+For more information, see :ref:`kunit-on-non-uml`.
+
+What is the difference between a unit test and these other kinds of tests?
+==========================================================================
+Most existing tests for the Linux kernel would be categorized as an integration
+test, or an end-to-end test.
+
+- A unit test is supposed to test a single unit of code in isolation, hence the
+ name. A unit test should be the finest granularity of testing and as such
+ should allow all possible code paths to be tested in the code under test; this
+ is only possible if the code under test is very small and does not have any
+ external dependencies outside of the test's control like hardware.
+- An integration test tests the interaction between a minimal set of components,
+ usually just two or three. For example, someone might write an integration
+ test to test the interaction between a driver and a piece of hardware, or to
+ test the interaction between the userspace libraries the kernel provides and
+ the kernel itself; however, one of these tests would probably not test the
+ entire kernel along with hardware interactions and interactions with the
+ userspace.
+- An end-to-end test usually tests the entire system from the perspective of the
+ code under test. For example, someone might write an end-to-end test for the
+ kernel by installing a production configuration of the kernel on production
+ hardware with a production userspace and then trying to exercise some behavior
+ that depends on interactions between the hardware, the kernel, and userspace.
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..26ffb46bdf99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=========================================
+KUnit - Unit Testing for the Linux Kernel
+=========================================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 2
+
+ start
+ usage
+ api/index
+ faq
+
+What is KUnit?
+==============
+
+KUnit is a lightweight unit testing and mocking framework for the Linux kernel.
+These tests are able to be run locally on a developer's workstation without a VM
+or special hardware.
+
+KUnit is heavily inspired by JUnit, Python's unittest.mock, and
+Googletest/Googlemock for C++. KUnit provides facilities for defining unit test
+cases, grouping related test cases into test suites, providing common
+infrastructure for running tests, and much more.
+
+Get started now: :doc:`start`
+
+Why KUnit?
+==========
+
+A unit test is supposed to test a single unit of code in isolation, hence the
+name. A unit test should be the finest granularity of testing and as such should
+allow all possible code paths to be tested in the code under test; this is only
+possible if the code under test is very small and does not have any external
+dependencies outside of the test's control like hardware.
+
+Outside of KUnit, there are no testing frameworks currently
+available for the kernel that do not require installing the kernel on a test
+machine or in a VM and all require tests to be written in userspace running on
+the kernel; this is true for Autotest, and kselftest, disqualifying
+any of them from being considered unit testing frameworks.
+
+KUnit addresses the problem of being able to run tests without needing a virtual
+machine or actual hardware with User Mode Linux. User Mode Linux is a Linux
+architecture, like ARM or x86; however, unlike other architectures it compiles
+to a standalone program that can be run like any other program directly inside
+of a host operating system; to be clear, it does not require any virtualization
+support; it is just a regular program.
+
+KUnit is fast. Excluding build time, from invocation to completion KUnit can run
+several dozen tests in only 10 to 20 seconds; this might not sound like a big
+deal to some people, but having such fast and easy to run tests fundamentally
+changes the way you go about testing and even writing code in the first place.
+Linus himself said in his `git talk at Google
+<https://gist.github.com/lorn/1272686/revisions#diff-53c65572127855f1b003db4064a94573R874>`_:
+
+ "... a lot of people seem to think that performance is about doing the
+ same thing, just doing it faster, and that is not true. That is not what
+ performance is all about. If you can do something really fast, really
+ well, people will start using it differently."
+
+In this context Linus was talking about branching and merging,
+but this point also applies to testing. If your tests are slow, unreliable, are
+difficult to write, and require a special setup or special hardware to run,
+then you wait a lot longer to write tests, and you wait a lot longer to run
+tests; this means that tests are likely to break, unlikely to test a lot of
+things, and are unlikely to be rerun once they pass. If your tests are really
+fast, you run them all the time, every time you make a change, and every time
+someone sends you some code. Why trust that someone ran all their tests
+correctly on every change when you can just run them yourself in less time than
+it takes to read their test log?
+
+How do I use it?
+================
+
+* :doc:`start` - for new users of KUnit
+* :doc:`usage` - for a more detailed explanation of KUnit features
+* :doc:`api/index` - for the list of KUnit APIs used for testing
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aeeddfafeea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===============
+Getting Started
+===============
+
+Installing dependencies
+=======================
+KUnit has the same dependencies as the Linux kernel. As long as you can build
+the kernel, you can run KUnit.
+
+KUnit Wrapper
+=============
+Included with KUnit is a simple Python wrapper that helps format the output to
+easily use and read KUnit output. It handles building and running the kernel, as
+well as formatting the output.
+
+The wrapper can be run with:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ ./tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py run
+
+Creating a kunitconfig
+======================
+The Python script is a thin wrapper around Kbuild as such, it needs to be
+configured with a ``kunitconfig`` file. This file essentially contains the
+regular Kernel config, with the specific test targets as well.
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ git clone -b master https://kunit.googlesource.com/kunitconfig $PATH_TO_KUNITCONFIG_REPO
+ cd $PATH_TO_LINUX_REPO
+ ln -s $PATH_TO_KUNIT_CONFIG_REPO/kunitconfig kunitconfig
+
+You may want to add kunitconfig to your local gitignore.
+
+Verifying KUnit Works
+---------------------
+
+To make sure that everything is set up correctly, simply invoke the Python
+wrapper from your kernel repo:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ ./tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py run
+
+.. note::
+ You may want to run ``make mrproper`` first.
+
+If everything worked correctly, you should see the following:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ Generating .config ...
+ Building KUnit Kernel ...
+ Starting KUnit Kernel ...
+
+followed by a list of tests that are run. All of them should be passing.
+
+.. note::
+ Because it is building a lot of sources for the first time, the ``Building
+ kunit kernel`` step may take a while.
+
+Writing your first test
+=======================
+
+In your kernel repo let's add some code that we can test. Create a file
+``drivers/misc/example.h`` with the contents:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ int misc_example_add(int left, int right);
+
+create a file ``drivers/misc/example.c``:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ #include <linux/errno.h>
+
+ #include "example.h"
+
+ int misc_example_add(int left, int right)
+ {
+ return left + right;
+ }
+
+Now add the following lines to ``drivers/misc/Kconfig``:
+
+.. code-block:: kconfig
+
+ config MISC_EXAMPLE
+ bool "My example"
+
+and the following lines to ``drivers/misc/Makefile``:
+
+.. code-block:: make
+
+ obj-$(CONFIG_MISC_EXAMPLE) += example.o
+
+Now we are ready to write the test. The test will be in
+``drivers/misc/example-test.c``:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ #include <kunit/test.h>
+ #include "example.h"
+
+ /* Define the test cases. */
+
+ static void misc_example_add_test_basic(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 1, misc_example_add(1, 0));
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 2, misc_example_add(1, 1));
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 0, misc_example_add(-1, 1));
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, INT_MAX, misc_example_add(0, INT_MAX));
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, -1, misc_example_add(INT_MAX, INT_MIN));
+ }
+
+ static void misc_example_test_failure(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_FAIL(test, "This test never passes.");
+ }
+
+ static struct kunit_case misc_example_test_cases[] = {
+ KUNIT_CASE(misc_example_add_test_basic),
+ KUNIT_CASE(misc_example_test_failure),
+ {}
+ };
+
+ static struct kunit_suite misc_example_test_suite = {
+ .name = "misc-example",
+ .test_cases = misc_example_test_cases,
+ };
+ kunit_test_suite(misc_example_test_suite);
+
+Now add the following to ``drivers/misc/Kconfig``:
+
+.. code-block:: kconfig
+
+ config MISC_EXAMPLE_TEST
+ bool "Test for my example"
+ depends on MISC_EXAMPLE && KUNIT
+
+and the following to ``drivers/misc/Makefile``:
+
+.. code-block:: make
+
+ obj-$(CONFIG_MISC_EXAMPLE_TEST) += example-test.o
+
+Now add it to your ``kunitconfig``:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ CONFIG_MISC_EXAMPLE=y
+ CONFIG_MISC_EXAMPLE_TEST=y
+
+Now you can run the test:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ ./tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py
+
+You should see the following failure:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ ...
+ [16:08:57] [PASSED] misc-example:misc_example_add_test_basic
+ [16:08:57] [FAILED] misc-example:misc_example_test_failure
+ [16:08:57] EXPECTATION FAILED at drivers/misc/example-test.c:17
+ [16:08:57] This test never passes.
+ ...
+
+Congrats! You just wrote your first KUnit test!
+
+Next Steps
+==========
+* Check out the :doc:`usage` page for a more
+ in-depth explanation of KUnit.
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c6e69634e274
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,576 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===========
+Using KUnit
+===========
+
+The purpose of this document is to describe what KUnit is, how it works, how it
+is intended to be used, and all the concepts and terminology that are needed to
+understand it. This guide assumes a working knowledge of the Linux kernel and
+some basic knowledge of testing.
+
+For a high level introduction to KUnit, including setting up KUnit for your
+project, see :doc:`start`.
+
+Organization of this document
+=============================
+
+This document is organized into two main sections: Testing and Isolating
+Behavior. The first covers what a unit test is and how to use KUnit to write
+them. The second covers how to use KUnit to isolate code and make it possible
+to unit test code that was otherwise un-unit-testable.
+
+Testing
+=======
+
+What is KUnit?
+--------------
+
+"K" is short for "kernel" so "KUnit" is the "(Linux) Kernel Unit Testing
+Framework." KUnit is intended first and foremost for writing unit tests; it is
+general enough that it can be used to write integration tests; however, this is
+a secondary goal. KUnit has no ambition of being the only testing framework for
+the kernel; for example, it does not intend to be an end-to-end testing
+framework.
+
+What is Unit Testing?
+---------------------
+
+A `unit test <https://martinfowler.com/bliki/UnitTest.html>`_ is a test that
+tests code at the smallest possible scope, a *unit* of code. In the C
+programming language that's a function.
+
+Unit tests should be written for all the publicly exposed functions in a
+compilation unit; so that is all the functions that are exported in either a
+*class* (defined below) or all functions which are **not** static.
+
+Writing Tests
+-------------
+
+Test Cases
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The fundamental unit in KUnit is the test case. A test case is a function with
+the signature ``void (*)(struct kunit *test)``. It calls a function to be tested
+and then sets *expectations* for what should happen. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ void example_test_success(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ }
+
+ void example_test_failure(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_FAIL(test, "This test never passes.");
+ }
+
+In the above example ``example_test_success`` always passes because it does
+nothing; no expectations are set, so all expectations pass. On the other hand
+``example_test_failure`` always fails because it calls ``KUNIT_FAIL``, which is
+a special expectation that logs a message and causes the test case to fail.
+
+Expectations
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+An *expectation* is a way to specify that you expect a piece of code to do
+something in a test. An expectation is called like a function. A test is made
+by setting expectations about the behavior of a piece of code under test; when
+one or more of the expectations fail, the test case fails and information about
+the failure is logged. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ void add_test_basic(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 1, add(1, 0));
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 2, add(1, 1));
+ }
+
+In the above example ``add_test_basic`` makes a number of assertions about the
+behavior of a function called ``add``; the first parameter is always of type
+``struct kunit *``, which contains information about the current test context;
+the second parameter, in this case, is what the value is expected to be; the
+last value is what the value actually is. If ``add`` passes all of these
+expectations, the test case, ``add_test_basic`` will pass; if any one of these
+expectations fail, the test case will fail.
+
+It is important to understand that a test case *fails* when any expectation is
+violated; however, the test will continue running, potentially trying other
+expectations until the test case ends or is otherwise terminated. This is as
+opposed to *assertions* which are discussed later.
+
+To learn about more expectations supported by KUnit, see :doc:`api/test`.
+
+.. note::
+ A single test case should be pretty short, pretty easy to understand,
+ focused on a single behavior.
+
+For example, if we wanted to properly test the add function above, we would
+create additional tests cases which would each test a different property that an
+add function should have like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ void add_test_basic(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 1, add(1, 0));
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 2, add(1, 1));
+ }
+
+ void add_test_negative(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, 0, add(-1, 1));
+ }
+
+ void add_test_max(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, INT_MAX, add(0, INT_MAX));
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, -1, add(INT_MAX, INT_MIN));
+ }
+
+ void add_test_overflow(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, INT_MIN, add(INT_MAX, 1));
+ }
+
+Notice how it is immediately obvious what all the properties that we are testing
+for are.
+
+Assertions
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+KUnit also has the concept of an *assertion*. An assertion is just like an
+expectation except the assertion immediately terminates the test case if it is
+not satisfied.
+
+For example:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ static void mock_test_do_expect_default_return(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ struct mock_test_context *ctx = test->priv;
+ struct mock *mock = ctx->mock;
+ int param0 = 5, param1 = -5;
+ const char *two_param_types[] = {"int", "int"};
+ const void *two_params[] = {&param0, &param1};
+ const void *ret;
+
+ ret = mock->do_expect(mock,
+ "test_printk", test_printk,
+ two_param_types, two_params,
+ ARRAY_SIZE(two_params));
+ KUNIT_ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(test, ret);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, -4, *((int *) ret));
+ }
+
+In this example, the method under test should return a pointer to a value, so
+if the pointer returned by the method is null or an errno, we don't want to
+bother continuing the test since the following expectation could crash the test
+case. `ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(...)` allows us to bail out of the test case if
+the appropriate conditions have not been satisfied to complete the test.
+
+Test Suites
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Now obviously one unit test isn't very helpful; the power comes from having
+many test cases covering all of your behaviors. Consequently it is common to
+have many *similar* tests; in order to reduce duplication in these closely
+related tests most unit testing frameworks provide the concept of a *test
+suite*, in KUnit we call it a *test suite*; all it is is just a collection of
+test cases for a unit of code with a set up function that gets invoked before
+every test cases and then a tear down function that gets invoked after every
+test case completes.
+
+Example:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ static struct kunit_case example_test_cases[] = {
+ KUNIT_CASE(example_test_foo),
+ KUNIT_CASE(example_test_bar),
+ KUNIT_CASE(example_test_baz),
+ {}
+ };
+
+ static struct kunit_suite example_test_suite = {
+ .name = "example",
+ .init = example_test_init,
+ .exit = example_test_exit,
+ .test_cases = example_test_cases,
+ };
+ kunit_test_suite(example_test_suite);
+
+In the above example the test suite, ``example_test_suite``, would run the test
+cases ``example_test_foo``, ``example_test_bar``, and ``example_test_baz``,
+each would have ``example_test_init`` called immediately before it and would
+have ``example_test_exit`` called immediately after it.
+``kunit_test_suite(example_test_suite)`` registers the test suite with the
+KUnit test framework.
+
+.. note::
+ A test case will only be run if it is associated with a test suite.
+
+For a more information on these types of things see the :doc:`api/test`.
+
+Isolating Behavior
+==================
+
+The most important aspect of unit testing that other forms of testing do not
+provide is the ability to limit the amount of code under test to a single unit.
+In practice, this is only possible by being able to control what code gets run
+when the unit under test calls a function and this is usually accomplished
+through some sort of indirection where a function is exposed as part of an API
+such that the definition of that function can be changed without affecting the
+rest of the code base. In the kernel this primarily comes from two constructs,
+classes, structs that contain function pointers that are provided by the
+implementer, and architecture specific functions which have definitions selected
+at compile time.
+
+Classes
+-------
+
+Classes are not a construct that is built into the C programming language;
+however, it is an easily derived concept. Accordingly, pretty much every project
+that does not use a standardized object oriented library (like GNOME's GObject)
+has their own slightly different way of doing object oriented programming; the
+Linux kernel is no exception.
+
+The central concept in kernel object oriented programming is the class. In the
+kernel, a *class* is a struct that contains function pointers. This creates a
+contract between *implementers* and *users* since it forces them to use the
+same function signature without having to call the function directly. In order
+for it to truly be a class, the function pointers must specify that a pointer
+to the class, known as a *class handle*, be one of the parameters; this makes
+it possible for the member functions (also known as *methods*) to have access
+to member variables (more commonly known as *fields*) allowing the same
+implementation to have multiple *instances*.
+
+Typically a class can be *overridden* by *child classes* by embedding the
+*parent class* in the child class. Then when a method provided by the child
+class is called, the child implementation knows that the pointer passed to it is
+of a parent contained within the child; because of this, the child can compute
+the pointer to itself because the pointer to the parent is always a fixed offset
+from the pointer to the child; this offset is the offset of the parent contained
+in the child struct. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ struct shape {
+ int (*area)(struct shape *this);
+ };
+
+ struct rectangle {
+ struct shape parent;
+ int length;
+ int width;
+ };
+
+ int rectangle_area(struct shape *this)
+ {
+ struct rectangle *self = container_of(this, struct shape, parent);
+
+ return self->length * self->width;
+ };
+
+ void rectangle_new(struct rectangle *self, int length, int width)
+ {
+ self->parent.area = rectangle_area;
+ self->length = length;
+ self->width = width;
+ }
+
+In this example (as in most kernel code) the operation of computing the pointer
+to the child from the pointer to the parent is done by ``container_of``.
+
+Faking Classes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+In order to unit test a piece of code that calls a method in a class, the
+behavior of the method must be controllable, otherwise the test ceases to be a
+unit test and becomes an integration test.
+
+A fake just provides an implementation of a piece of code that is different than
+what runs in a production instance, but behaves identically from the standpoint
+of the callers; this is usually done to replace a dependency that is hard to
+deal with, or is slow.
+
+A good example for this might be implementing a fake EEPROM that just stores the
+"contents" in an internal buffer. For example, let's assume we have a class that
+represents an EEPROM:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ struct eeprom {
+ ssize_t (*read)(struct eeprom *this, size_t offset, char *buffer, size_t count);
+ ssize_t (*write)(struct eeprom *this, size_t offset, const char *buffer, size_t count);
+ };
+
+And we want to test some code that buffers writes to the EEPROM:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ struct eeprom_buffer {
+ ssize_t (*write)(struct eeprom_buffer *this, const char *buffer, size_t count);
+ int flush(struct eeprom_buffer *this);
+ size_t flush_count; /* Flushes when buffer exceeds flush_count. */
+ };
+
+ struct eeprom_buffer *new_eeprom_buffer(struct eeprom *eeprom);
+ void destroy_eeprom_buffer(struct eeprom *eeprom);
+
+We can easily test this code by *faking out* the underlying EEPROM:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ struct fake_eeprom {
+ struct eeprom parent;
+ char contents[FAKE_EEPROM_CONTENTS_SIZE];
+ };
+
+ ssize_t fake_eeprom_read(struct eeprom *parent, size_t offset, char *buffer, size_t count)
+ {
+ struct fake_eeprom *this = container_of(parent, struct fake_eeprom, parent);
+
+ count = min(count, FAKE_EEPROM_CONTENTS_SIZE - offset);
+ memcpy(buffer, this->contents + offset, count);
+
+ return count;
+ }
+
+ ssize_t fake_eeprom_write(struct eeprom *this, size_t offset, const char *buffer, size_t count)
+ {
+ struct fake_eeprom *this = container_of(parent, struct fake_eeprom, parent);
+
+ count = min(count, FAKE_EEPROM_CONTENTS_SIZE - offset);
+ memcpy(this->contents + offset, buffer, count);
+
+ return count;
+ }
+
+ void fake_eeprom_init(struct fake_eeprom *this)
+ {
+ this->parent.read = fake_eeprom_read;
+ this->parent.write = fake_eeprom_write;
+ memset(this->contents, 0, FAKE_EEPROM_CONTENTS_SIZE);
+ }
+
+We can now use it to test ``struct eeprom_buffer``:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ struct eeprom_buffer_test {
+ struct fake_eeprom *fake_eeprom;
+ struct eeprom_buffer *eeprom_buffer;
+ };
+
+ static void eeprom_buffer_test_does_not_write_until_flush(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ struct eeprom_buffer_test *ctx = test->priv;
+ struct eeprom_buffer *eeprom_buffer = ctx->eeprom_buffer;
+ struct fake_eeprom *fake_eeprom = ctx->fake_eeprom;
+ char buffer[] = {0xff};
+
+ eeprom_buffer->flush_count = SIZE_MAX;
+
+ eeprom_buffer->write(eeprom_buffer, buffer, 1);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[0], 0);
+
+ eeprom_buffer->write(eeprom_buffer, buffer, 1);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[1], 0);
+
+ eeprom_buffer->flush(eeprom_buffer);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[0], 0xff);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[1], 0xff);
+ }
+
+ static void eeprom_buffer_test_flushes_after_flush_count_met(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ struct eeprom_buffer_test *ctx = test->priv;
+ struct eeprom_buffer *eeprom_buffer = ctx->eeprom_buffer;
+ struct fake_eeprom *fake_eeprom = ctx->fake_eeprom;
+ char buffer[] = {0xff};
+
+ eeprom_buffer->flush_count = 2;
+
+ eeprom_buffer->write(eeprom_buffer, buffer, 1);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[0], 0);
+
+ eeprom_buffer->write(eeprom_buffer, buffer, 1);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[0], 0xff);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[1], 0xff);
+ }
+
+ static void eeprom_buffer_test_flushes_increments_of_flush_count(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ struct eeprom_buffer_test *ctx = test->priv;
+ struct eeprom_buffer *eeprom_buffer = ctx->eeprom_buffer;
+ struct fake_eeprom *fake_eeprom = ctx->fake_eeprom;
+ char buffer[] = {0xff, 0xff};
+
+ eeprom_buffer->flush_count = 2;
+
+ eeprom_buffer->write(eeprom_buffer, buffer, 1);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[0], 0);
+
+ eeprom_buffer->write(eeprom_buffer, buffer, 2);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[0], 0xff);
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[1], 0xff);
+ /* Should have only flushed the first two bytes. */
+ KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, fake_eeprom->contents[2], 0);
+ }
+
+ static int eeprom_buffer_test_init(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ struct eeprom_buffer_test *ctx;
+
+ ctx = kunit_kzalloc(test, sizeof(*ctx), GFP_KERNEL);
+ KUNIT_ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(test, ctx);
+
+ ctx->fake_eeprom = kunit_kzalloc(test, sizeof(*ctx->fake_eeprom), GFP_KERNEL);
+ KUNIT_ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(test, ctx->fake_eeprom);
+ fake_eeprom_init(ctx->fake_eeprom);
+
+ ctx->eeprom_buffer = new_eeprom_buffer(&ctx->fake_eeprom->parent);
+ KUNIT_ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(test, ctx->eeprom_buffer);
+
+ test->priv = ctx;
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ static void eeprom_buffer_test_exit(struct kunit *test)
+ {
+ struct eeprom_buffer_test *ctx = test->priv;
+
+ destroy_eeprom_buffer(ctx->eeprom_buffer);
+ }
+
+.. _kunit-on-non-uml:
+
+KUnit on non-UML architectures
+==============================
+
+By default KUnit uses UML as a way to provide dependencies for code under test.
+Under most circumstances KUnit's usage of UML should be treated as an
+implementation detail of how KUnit works under the hood. Nevertheless, there
+are instances where being able to run architecture specific code, or test
+against real hardware is desirable. For these reasons KUnit supports running on
+other architectures.
+
+Running existing KUnit tests on non-UML architectures
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+There are some special considerations when running existing KUnit tests on
+non-UML architectures:
+
+* Hardware may not be deterministic, so a test that always passes or fails
+ when run under UML may not always do so on real hardware.
+* Hardware and VM environments may not be hermetic. KUnit tries its best to
+ provide a hermetic environment to run tests; however, it cannot manage state
+ that it doesn't know about outside of the kernel. Consequently, tests that
+ may be hermetic on UML may not be hermetic on other architectures.
+* Some features and tooling may not be supported outside of UML.
+* Hardware and VMs are slower than UML.
+
+None of these are reasons not to run your KUnit tests on real hardware; they are
+only things to be aware of when doing so.
+
+The biggest impediment will likely be that certain KUnit features and
+infrastructure may not support your target environment. For example, at this
+time the KUnit Wrapper (``tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py``) does not work outside
+of UML. Unfortunately, there is no way around this. Using UML (or even just a
+particular architecture) allows us to make a lot of assumptions that make it
+possible to do things which might otherwise be impossible.
+
+Nevertheless, all core KUnit framework features are fully supported on all
+architectures, and using them is straightforward: all you need to do is to take
+your kunitconfig, your Kconfig options for the tests you would like to run, and
+merge them into whatever config your are using for your platform. That's it!
+
+For example, let's say you have the following kunitconfig:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ CONFIG_KUNIT=y
+ CONFIG_KUNIT_EXAMPLE_TEST=y
+
+If you wanted to run this test on an x86 VM, you might add the following config
+options to your ``.config``:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ CONFIG_KUNIT=y
+ CONFIG_KUNIT_EXAMPLE_TEST=y
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
+
+All these new options do is enable support for a common serial console needed
+for logging.
+
+Next, you could build a kernel with these tests as follows:
+
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ make ARCH=x86 olddefconfig
+ make ARCH=x86
+
+Once you have built a kernel, you could run it on QEMU as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ qemu-system-x86_64 -enable-kvm \
+ -m 1024 \
+ -kernel arch/x86_64/boot/bzImage \
+ -append 'console=ttyS0' \
+ --nographic
+
+Interspersed in the kernel logs you might see the following:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ TAP version 14
+ # Subtest: example
+ 1..1
+ # example_simple_test: initializing
+ ok 1 - example_simple_test
+ ok 1 - example
+
+Congratulations, you just ran a KUnit test on the x86 architecture!
+
+Writing new tests for other architectures
+-----------------------------------------
+
+The first thing you must do is ask yourself whether it is necessary to write a
+KUnit test for a specific architecture, and then whether it is necessary to
+write that test for a particular piece of hardware. In general, writing a test
+that depends on having access to a particular piece of hardware or software (not
+included in the Linux source repo) should be avoided at all costs.
+
+Even if you only ever plan on running your KUnit test on your hardware
+configuration, other people may want to run your tests and may not have access
+to your hardware. If you write your test to run on UML, then anyone can run your
+tests without knowing anything about your particular setup, and you can still
+run your tests on your hardware setup just by compiling for your architecture.
+
+.. important::
+ Always prefer tests that run on UML to tests that only run under a particular
+ architecture, and always prefer tests that run under QEMU or another easy
+ (and monitarily free) to obtain software environment to a specific piece of
+ hardware.
+
+Nevertheless, there are still valid reasons to write an architecture or hardware
+specific test: for example, you might want to test some code that really belongs
+in ``arch/some-arch/*``. Even so, try your best to write the test so that it
+does not depend on physical hardware: if some of your test cases don't need the
+hardware, only require the hardware for tests that actually need it.
+
+Now that you have narrowed down exactly what bits are hardware specific, the
+actual procedure for writing and running the tests is pretty much the same as
+writing normal KUnit tests. One special caveat is that you have to reset
+hardware state in between test cases; if this is not possible, you may only be
+able to run one test case per invocation.
+
+.. TODO(brendanhiggins@google.com): Add an actual example of an architecture
+ dependent KUnit test.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
index c82c5e57d44c..9c7e70335ac0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
@@ -496,12 +496,12 @@ properties:
- description: Theobroma Systems RK3368-uQ7 with Haikou baseboard
items:
- - const: tsd,rk3368-uq7-haikou
+ - const: tsd,rk3368-lion-haikou
- const: rockchip,rk3368
- description: Theobroma Systems RK3399-Q7 with Haikou baseboard
items:
- - const: tsd,rk3399-q7-haikou
+ - const: tsd,rk3399-puma-haikou
- const: rockchip,rk3399
- description: Tronsmart Orion R68 Meta
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ss.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8a29d36edf26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ss.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ss.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Allwinner Security System v2 driver
+
+maintainers:
+ - Corentin Labbe <corentin.labbe@gmail.com>
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ enum:
+ - allwinner,sun8i-a83t-crypto
+ - allwinner,sun9i-a80-crypto
+
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ interrupts:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ clocks:
+ items:
+ - description: Bus clock
+ - description: Module clock
+
+ clock-names:
+ items:
+ - const: bus
+ - const: mod
+
+ resets:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - interrupts
+ - clocks
+ - clock-names
+ - resets
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/sun8i-a83t-ccu.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/reset/sun8i-a83t-ccu.h>
+
+ crypto: crypto@1c15000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-crypto";
+ reg = <0x01c15000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 94 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ resets = <&ccu RST_BUS_SS>;
+ clocks = <&ccu CLK_BUS_SS>, <&ccu CLK_SS>;
+ clock-names = "bus", "mod";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/amlogic,gxl-crypto.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/amlogic,gxl-crypto.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5becc60a0e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/amlogic,gxl-crypto.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/crypto/amlogic,gxl-crypto.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Amlogic GXL Cryptographic Offloader
+
+maintainers:
+ - Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ items:
+ - const: amlogic,gxl-crypto
+
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ interrupts:
+ items:
+ - description: "Interrupt for flow 0"
+ - description: "Interrupt for flow 1"
+
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ clock-names:
+ const: blkmv
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - interrupts
+ - clocks
+ - clock-names
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/gxbb-clkc.h>
+
+ crypto: crypto-engine@c883e000 {
+ compatible = "amlogic,gxl-crypto";
+ reg = <0x0 0xc883e000 0x0 0x36>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 188 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, <GIC_SPI 189 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+ clocks = <&clkc CLKID_BLKMV>;
+ clock-names = "blkmv";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml
index 3248595dc93c..f04870d84542 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml
@@ -85,4 +85,5 @@ examples:
<&pd IMX_SC_R_DSP_RAM>;
mbox-names = "txdb0", "txdb1", "rxdb0", "rxdb1";
mboxes = <&lsio_mu13 2 0>, <&lsio_mu13 2 1>, <&lsio_mu13 3 0>, <&lsio_mu13 3 1>;
+ memory-region = <&dsp_reserved>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml
index 676ec42e1438..567a33a83dce 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml
@@ -43,13 +43,9 @@ properties:
dvdd-supply:
description: DVdd voltage supply
- items:
- - const: dvdd
avdd-supply:
description: AVdd voltage supply
- items:
- - const: avdd
adi,rejection-60-Hz-enable:
description: |
@@ -99,6 +95,9 @@ required:
examples:
- |
spi0 {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
adc@0 {
compatible = "adi,ad7192";
reg = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt
index f4c5d34c4111..7079d44bf3ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/atmel,aic.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
* Advanced Interrupt Controller (AIC)
Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic"
- <chip> can be "at91rm9200", "sama5d2", "sama5d3" or "sama5d4"
+- compatible: Should be:
+ - "atmel,<chip>-aic" where <chip> can be "at91rm9200", "sama5d2",
+ "sama5d3" or "sama5d4"
+ - "microchip,<chip>-aic" where <chip> can be "sam9x60"
+
- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3.
The first cell is the IRQ number (aka "Peripheral IDentifier" on datasheet).
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml
index 27f38eed389e..d3e423fcb6c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
%YAML 1.2
---
-$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml#
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml#
$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
title: Allwinner A10 CMOS Sensor Interface (CSI) Device Tree Bindings
@@ -27,14 +27,12 @@ properties:
clocks:
items:
- description: The CSI interface clock
- - description: The CSI module clock
- description: The CSI ISP clock
- description: The CSI DRAM clock
clock-names:
items:
- const: bus
- - const: mod
- const: isp
- const: ram
@@ -89,9 +87,8 @@ examples:
compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-csi0";
reg = <0x01c09000 0x1000>;
interrupts = <GIC_SPI 42 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
- clocks = <&ccu CLK_AHB_CSI0>, <&ccu CLK_CSI0>,
- <&ccu CLK_CSI_SCLK>, <&ccu CLK_DRAM_CSI0>;
- clock-names = "bus", "mod", "isp", "ram";
+ clocks = <&ccu CLK_AHB_CSI0>, <&ccu CLK_CSI_SCLK>, <&ccu CLK_DRAM_CSI0>;
+ clock-names = "bus", "isp", "ram";
resets = <&ccu RST_CSI0>;
port {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rc.yaml
index 3d5c154fd230..9054555e6608 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rc.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rc.yaml
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ properties:
- rc-genius-tvgo-a11mce
- rc-gotview7135
- rc-hauppauge
- - rc-hauppauge
- rc-hisi-poplar
- rc-hisi-tv-demo
- rc-imon-mce
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9062.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9062.txt
index edca653a5777..bc4b59de6a55 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9062.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9062.txt
@@ -66,6 +66,9 @@ Sub-nodes:
details of individual regulator device can be found in:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+ regulator-initial-mode may be specified for buck regulators using mode values
+ from include/dt-bindings/regulator/dlg,da9063-regulator.h.
+
- rtc : This node defines settings required for the Real-Time Clock associated
with the DA9062. There are currently no entries in this binding, however
compatible = "dlg,da9062-rtc" should be added if a node is created.
@@ -96,6 +99,7 @@ Example:
regulator-max-microvolt = <1570000>;
regulator-min-microamp = <500000>;
regulator-max-microamp = <2000000>;
+ regulator-initial-mode = <DA9063_BUCK_MODE_SYNC>;
regulator-boot-on;
};
DA9062_LDO1: ldo1 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ralink.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ralink.txt
index a16e8d7fe56c..8cc0ab41578c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ralink.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/ralink.txt
@@ -16,3 +16,17 @@ value must be one of the following values:
ralink,mt7620a-soc
ralink,mt7620n-soc
ralink,mt7628a-soc
+ ralink,mt7688a-soc
+
+2. Boards
+
+GARDENA smart Gateway (MT7688)
+
+This board is based on the MediaTek MT7688 and equipped with 128 MiB
+of DDR and 8 MiB of flash (SPI NOR) and additional 128MiB SPI NAND
+storage.
+
+------------------------------
+Required root node properties:
+- compatible = "gardena,smart-gateway-mt7688", "ralink,mt7688a-soc",
+ "ralink,mt7628a-soc";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-nand-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-nand-controller.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f3893c4d3c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-nand-controller.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Cadence NAND controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : "cdns,hp-nfc"
+ - reg : Contains two entries, each of which is a tuple consisting of a
+ physical address and length. The first entry is the address and
+ length of the controller register set. The second entry is the
+ address and length of the Slave DMA data port.
+ - reg-names: should contain "reg" and "sdma"
+ - #address-cells: should be 1. The cell encodes the chip select connection.
+ - #size-cells : should be 0.
+ - interrupts : The interrupt number.
+ - clocks: phandle of the controller core clock (nf_clk).
+
+Optional properties:
+ - dmas: shall reference DMA channel associated to the NAND controller
+ - cdns,board-delay-ps : Estimated Board delay. The value includes the total
+ round trip delay for the signals and is used for deciding on values
+ associated with data read capture. The example formula for SDR mode is
+ the following:
+ board delay = RE#PAD delay + PCB trace to device + PCB trace from device
+ + DQ PAD delay
+
+Child nodes represent the available NAND chips.
+
+Required properties of NAND chips:
+ - reg: shall contain the native Chip Select ids from 0 to max supported by
+ the cadence nand flash controller
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt for more details on
+generic bindings.
+
+Example:
+
+nand_controller: nand-controller@60000000 {
+ compatible = "cdns,hp-nfc";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ reg = <0x60000000 0x10000>, <0x80000000 0x10000>;
+ reg-names = "reg", "sdma";
+ clocks = <&nf_clk>;
+ cdns,board-delay-ps = <4830>;
+ interrupts = <2 0>;
+ nand@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ label = "nand-1";
+ };
+ nand@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ label = "nand-2";
+ };
+
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/intel,ixp4xx-flash.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/intel,ixp4xx-flash.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4bdcb92ae381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/intel,ixp4xx-flash.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Flash device on Intel IXP4xx SoC
+
+This flash is regular CFI compatible (Intel or AMD extended) flash chips with
+specific big-endian or mixed-endian memory access pattern.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : must be "intel,ixp4xx-flash", "cfi-flash";
+- reg : memory address for the flash chip
+- bank-width : width in bytes of flash interface, should be <2>
+
+For the rest of the properties, see mtd-physmap.txt.
+
+The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
+address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
+
+Example:
+
+flash@50000000 {
+ compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-flash", "cfi-flash";
+ reg = <0x50000000 0x01000000>;
+ bank-width = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt
index b7336b9d6a3c..48a7f916c5e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt
@@ -44,6 +44,12 @@ Optional properties:
Admission Control Block supports reporting the number of packets in-flight in a
switch queue
+- resets: a single phandle and reset identifier pair. See
+ Documentation/devicetree/binding/reset/reset.txt for details.
+
+- reset-names: If the "reset" property is specified, this property should have
+ the value "switch" to denote the switch reset line.
+
Port subnodes:
Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt
index 3956af1d30f3..33a0d67e4ce5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
Required properties:
- compatible: should contain one of "brcm,genet-v1", "brcm,genet-v2",
- "brcm,genet-v3", "brcm,genet-v4", "brcm,genet-v5".
+ "brcm,genet-v3", "brcm,genet-v4", "brcm,genet-v5", "brcm,bcm2711-genet-v5".
- reg: address and length of the register set for the device
- interrupts and/or interrupts-extended: must be two cells, the first cell
is the general purpose interrupt line, while the second cell is the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt
index 4fa00e2eafcf..f16b99571af1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ Required properties:
* "brcm,bcm4330-bt"
* "brcm,bcm43438-bt"
* "brcm,bcm4345c5"
+ * "brcm,bcm43540-bt"
+ * "brcm,bcm4335a0"
Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
index 0e7c31794ae6..ac471b60ed6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
@@ -121,6 +121,11 @@ properties:
and is useful for determining certain configuration settings
such as flow control thresholds.
+ sfp:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/phandle
+ description:
+ Specifies a reference to a node representing a SFP cage.
+
tx-fifo-depth:
$ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/uint32
description:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml
index f70f18ff821f..8927941c74bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml
@@ -153,6 +153,11 @@ properties:
Delay after the reset was deasserted in microseconds. If
this property is missing the delay will be skipped.
+ sfp:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/phandle
+ description:
+ Specifies a reference to a node representing a SFP cage.
+
required:
- reg
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt
index 72e7aaf7242e..f878c1103463 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties:
- "aspeed,ast2400-mac"
- "aspeed,ast2500-mac"
+ - "aspeed,ast2600-mac"
- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
- interrupts: Should contain ethernet controller interrupt
@@ -23,6 +24,13 @@ Optional properties:
- no-hw-checksum: Used to disable HW checksum support. Here for backward
compatibility as the driver now should have correct defaults based on
the SoC.
+- clocks: In accordance with the generic clock bindings. Must describe the MAC
+ IP clock, and optionally an RMII RCLK gate for the AST2500/AST2600. The
+ required MAC clock must be the first cell.
+- clock-names:
+
+ - "MACCLK": The MAC IP clock
+ - "RCLK": Clock gate for the RMII RCLK
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt
index b92e927808b6..cfe0e5991d46 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,11 @@ Optional properties:
absent, "rmii" is assumed.
- use-iram: Use LPC32xx internal SRAM (IRAM) for DMA buffering
+Optional subnodes:
+- mdio : specifies the mdio bus, used as a container for phy nodes according to
+ phy.txt in the same directory
+
+
Example:
mac: ethernet@31060000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn532.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn532.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a5507dc499bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn532.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* NXP Semiconductors PN532 NFC Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be
+ - "nxp,pn532" Place a node with this inside the devicetree node of the bus
+ where the NFC chip is connected to.
+ Currently the kernel has phy bindings for uart and i2c.
+ - "nxp,pn532-i2c" (DEPRECATED) only works for the i2c binding.
+ - "nxp,pn533-i2c" (DEPRECATED) only works for the i2c binding.
+
+Required properties if connected on i2c:
+- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency.
+- reg: for the I²C bus address. This is fixed at 0x24 for the PN532.
+- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected
+
+Optional SoC Specific Properties:
+- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default".
+- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller.
+
+Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with PN532 on I2C2):
+
+&i2c2 {
+
+
+ pn532: nfc@24 {
+
+ compatible = "nxp,pn532";
+
+ reg = <0x24>;
+ clock-frequency = <400000>;
+
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
+ interrupts = <17 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+
+ };
+};
+
+Example (for PN532 connected via uart):
+
+uart4: serial@49042000 {
+ compatible = "ti,omap3-uart";
+
+ pn532: nfc {
+ compatible = "nxp,pn532";
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn533-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn533-i2c.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2efe3886b95b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/pn533-i2c.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-* NXP Semiconductors PN532 NFC Controller
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "nxp,pn532-i2c" or "nxp,pn533-i2c".
-- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency.
-- reg: address on the bus
-- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected
-
-Optional SoC Specific Properties:
-- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default".
-- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller.
-
-Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with PN532 on I2C2):
-
-&i2c2 {
-
-
- pn532: pn532@24 {
-
- compatible = "nxp,pn532-i2c";
-
- reg = <0x24>;
- clock-frequency = <400000>;
-
- interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
- interrupts = <17 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
-
- };
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5a6c9d20c0ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/qca,ar803x.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Qualcomm Atheros AR803x PHY
+
+maintainers:
+ - Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
+ - Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
+ - Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
+
+description: |
+ Bindings for Qualcomm Atheros AR803x PHYs
+
+allOf:
+ - $ref: ethernet-phy.yaml#
+
+properties:
+ qca,clk-out-frequency:
+ description: Clock output frequency in Hertz.
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ - enum: [ 25000000, 50000000, 62500000, 125000000 ]
+
+ qca,clk-out-strength:
+ description: Clock output driver strength.
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ - enum: [ 0, 1, 2 ]
+
+ qca,keep-pll-enabled:
+ description: |
+ If set, keep the PLL enabled even if there is no link. Useful if you
+ want to use the clock output without an ethernet link.
+
+ Only supported on the AR8031.
+ type: boolean
+
+ vddio-supply:
+ description: |
+ RGMII I/O voltage regulator (see regulator/regulator.yaml).
+
+ The PHY supports RGMII I/O voltages of 1.5V, 1.8V and 2.5V. You can
+ either connect this to the vddio-regulator (1.5V / 1.8V) or the
+ vddh-regulator (2.5V).
+
+ Only supported on the AR8031.
+
+ vddio-regulator:
+ type: object
+ description:
+ Initial data for the VDDIO regulator. Set this to 1.5V or 1.8V.
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml
+
+ vddh-regulator:
+ type: object
+ description:
+ Dummy subnode to model the external connection of the PHY VDDH
+ regulator to VDDIO.
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml
+
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/net/qca-ar803x.h>
+
+ ethernet {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
+
+ ethernet-phy@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+
+ qca,clk-out-frequency = <125000000>;
+ qca,clk-out-strength = <AR803X_STRENGTH_FULL>;
+
+ vddio-supply = <&vddio>;
+
+ vddio: vddio-regulator {
+ regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/net/qca-ar803x.h>
+
+ ethernet {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
+
+ ethernet-phy@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+
+ qca,clk-out-frequency = <50000000>;
+ qca,keep-pll-enabled;
+
+ vddio-supply = <&vddh>;
+
+ vddh: vddh-regulator {
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7f84df9790e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ether.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/renesas,ether.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Renesas Electronics SH EtherMAC
+
+allOf:
+ - $ref: ethernet-controller.yaml#
+
+maintainers:
+ - Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ oneOf:
+ - items:
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,gether-r8a7740 # device is a part of R8A7740 SoC
+ - renesas,gether-r8a77980 # device is a part of R8A77980 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r7s72100 # device is a part of R7S72100 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r7s9210 # device is a part of R7S9210 SoC
+ - items:
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7778 # device is a part of R8A7778 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7779 # device is a part of R8A7779 SoC
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,rcar-gen1-ether # a generic R-Car Gen1 device
+ - items:
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7745 # device is a part of R8A7745 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7743 # device is a part of R8A7743 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7790 # device is a part of R8A7790 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7791 # device is a part of R8A7791 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7793 # device is a part of R8A7793 SoC
+ - renesas,ether-r8a7794 # device is a part of R8A7794 SoC
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,rcar-gen2-ether # a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 device
+
+ reg:
+ items:
+ - description: E-DMAC/feLic registers
+ - description: TSU registers
+ minItems: 1
+
+ interrupts:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ '#address-cells':
+ description: number of address cells for the MDIO bus
+ const: 1
+
+ '#size-cells':
+ description: number of size cells on the MDIO bus
+ const: 0
+
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ pinctrl-0: true
+
+ pinctrl-names: true
+
+ renesas,no-ether-link:
+ type: boolean
+ description:
+ specify when a board does not provide a proper Ether LINK signal
+
+ renesas,ether-link-active-low:
+ type: boolean
+ description:
+ specify when the Ether LINK signal is active-low instead of normal
+ active-high
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - interrupts
+ - phy-mode
+ - phy-handle
+ - '#address-cells'
+ - '#size-cells'
+ - clocks
+ - pinctrl-0
+
+examples:
+ # Lager board
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a7790-clock.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+
+ ethernet@ee700000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,ether-r8a7790", "renesas,rcar-gen2-ether";
+ reg = <0 0xee700000 0 0x400>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+ interrupts = <0 162 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7790_CLK_ETHER>;
+ phy-mode = "rmii";
+ phy-handle = <&phy1>;
+ pinctrl-0 = <&ether_pins>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ renesas,ether-link-active-low;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&irqc0>;
+ interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+ pinctrl-0 = <&phy1_pins>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index abc36274227c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sh_eth.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-* Renesas Electronics SH EtherMAC
-
-This file provides information on what the device node for the SH EtherMAC
-interface contains.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: Must contain one or more of the following:
- "renesas,gether-r8a7740" if the device is a part of R8A7740 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7743" if the device is a part of R8A7743 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7745" if the device is a part of R8A7745 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7778" if the device is a part of R8A7778 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7779" if the device is a part of R8A7779 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7793" if the device is a part of R8A7793 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC.
- "renesas,gether-r8a77980" if the device is a part of R8A77980 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r7s72100" if the device is a part of R7S72100 SoC.
- "renesas,ether-r7s9210" if the device is a part of R7S9210 SoC.
- "renesas,rcar-gen1-ether" for a generic R-Car Gen1 device.
- "renesas,rcar-gen2-ether" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1
- device.
-
- When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list
- the SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform
- first followed by the generic version.
-
-- reg: offset and length of (1) the E-DMAC/feLic register block (required),
- (2) the TSU register block (optional).
-- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt.
-- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
-- phy-handle: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
-- #address-cells: number of address cells for the MDIO bus, must be equal to 1.
-- #size-cells: number of size cells on the MDIO bus, must be equal to 0.
-- clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair.
-- pinctrl-0: phandle, referring to a default pin configuration node.
-
-Optional properties:
-- pinctrl-names: pin configuration state name ("default").
-- renesas,no-ether-link: boolean, specify when a board does not provide a proper
- Ether LINK signal.
-- renesas,ether-link-active-low: boolean, specify when the Ether LINK signal is
- active-low instead of normal active-high.
-
-Example (Lager board):
-
- ethernet@ee700000 {
- compatible = "renesas,ether-r8a7790",
- "renesas,rcar-gen2-ether";
- reg = <0 0xee700000 0 0x400>;
- interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
- interrupts = <0 162 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
- clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7790_CLK_ETHER>;
- phy-mode = "rmii";
- phy-handle = <&phy1>;
- pinctrl-0 = <&ether_pins>;
- pinctrl-names = "default";
- renesas,ether-link-active-low;
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
-
- phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
- reg = <1>;
- interrupt-parent = <&irqc0>;
- interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
- pinctrl-0 = <&phy1_pins>;
- pinctrl-names = "default";
- };
- };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..81ae8cafabc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/ti,cpsw-switch.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: TI SoC Ethernet Switch Controller (CPSW) Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+ - Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
+ - Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
+
+description:
+ The 3-port switch gigabit ethernet subsystem provides ethernet packet
+ communication and can be configured as an ethernet switch. It provides the
+ gigabit media independent interface (GMII),reduced gigabit media
+ independent interface (RGMII), reduced media independent interface (RMII),
+ the management data input output (MDIO) for physical layer device (PHY)
+ management.
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ oneOf:
+ - const: ti,cpsw-switch
+ - items:
+ - const: ti,am335x-cpsw-switch
+ - const: ti,cpsw-switch
+ - items:
+ - const: ti,am4372-cpsw-switch
+ - const: ti,cpsw-switch
+ - items:
+ - const: ti,dra7-cpsw-switch
+ - const: ti,cpsw-switch
+
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+ description:
+ The physical base address and size of full the CPSW module IO range
+
+ ranges: true
+
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+ description: CPSW functional clock
+
+ clock-names:
+ maxItems: 1
+ items:
+ - const: fck
+
+ interrupts:
+ items:
+ - description: RX_THRESH interrupt
+ - description: RX interrupt
+ - description: TX interrupt
+ - description: MISC interrupt
+
+ interrupt-names:
+ items:
+ - const: "rx_thresh"
+ - const: "rx"
+ - const: "tx"
+ - const: "misc"
+
+ pinctrl-names: true
+
+ syscon:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/phandle
+ description:
+ Phandle to the system control device node which provides access to
+ efuse IO range with MAC addresses
+
+
+ ethernet-ports:
+ type: object
+ properties:
+ '#address-cells':
+ const: 1
+ '#size-cells':
+ const: 0
+
+ patternProperties:
+ "^port@[0-9]+$":
+ type: object
+ minItems: 1
+ maxItems: 2
+ description: CPSW external ports
+
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: ethernet-controller.yaml#
+
+ properties:
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+ enum: [1, 2]
+ description: CPSW port number
+
+ phys:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/phandle-array
+ maxItems: 1
+ description: phandle on phy-gmii-sel PHY
+
+ label:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string-array
+ maxItems: 1
+ description: label associated with this port
+
+ ti,dual-emac-pvid:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ maxItems: 1
+ minimum: 1
+ maximum: 1024
+ description:
+ Specifies default PORT VID to be used to segregate
+ ports. Default value - CPSW port number.
+
+ required:
+ - reg
+ - phys
+
+ mdio:
+ type: object
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: "ti,davinci-mdio.yaml#"
+ description:
+ CPSW MDIO bus.
+
+ cpts:
+ type: object
+ description:
+ The Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS) module
+
+ properties:
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+ description: CPTS reference clock
+
+ clock-names:
+ maxItems: 1
+ items:
+ - const: cpts
+
+ cpts_clock_mult:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ description:
+ Numerator to convert input clock ticks into ns
+
+ cpts_clock_shift:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ description:
+ Denominator to convert input clock ticks into ns.
+ Mult and shift will be calculated basing on CPTS rftclk frequency if
+ both cpts_clock_shift and cpts_clock_mult properties are not provided.
+
+ required:
+ - clocks
+ - clock-names
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - ranges
+ - clocks
+ - clock-names
+ - interrupts
+ - interrupt-names
+ - '#address-cells'
+ - '#size-cells'
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/dra7.h>
+
+ mac_sw: switch@0 {
+ compatible = "ti,dra7-cpsw-switch","ti,cpsw-switch";
+ reg = <0x0 0x4000>;
+ ranges = <0 0 0x4000>;
+ clocks = <&gmac_main_clk>;
+ clock-names = "fck";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ syscon = <&scm_conf>;
+ inctrl-names = "default", "sleep";
+
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 334 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <GIC_SPI 335 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <GIC_SPI 336 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <GIC_SPI 337 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-names = "rx_thresh", "rx", "tx", "misc";
+
+ ethernet-ports {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ cpsw_port1: port@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ label = "port1";
+ mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+ phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 1>;
+ phy-handle = <&ethphy0_sw>;
+ phy-mode = "rgmii";
+ ti,dual_emac_pvid = <1>;
+ };
+
+ cpsw_port2: port@2 {
+ reg = <2>;
+ label = "wan";
+ mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+ phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 2>;
+ phy-handle = <&ethphy1_sw>;
+ phy-mode = "rgmii";
+ ti,dual_emac_pvid = <2>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ davinci_mdio_sw: mdio@1000 {
+ compatible = "ti,cpsw-mdio","ti,davinci_mdio";
+ reg = <0x1000 0x100>;
+ clocks = <&gmac_clkctrl DRA7_GMAC_GMAC_CLKCTRL 0>;
+ clock-names = "fck";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ bus_freq = <1000000>;
+
+ ethphy0_sw: ethernet-phy@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ };
+
+ ethphy1_sw: ethernet-phy@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ cpts {
+ clocks = <&gmac_clkctrl DRA7_GMAC_GMAC_CLKCTRL 25>;
+ clock-names = "cpts";
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83869.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83869.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6fe3e451da8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83869.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+# Copyright (C) 2019 Texas Instruments Incorporated
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/ti,dp83869.yaml#"
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: TI DP83869 ethernet PHY
+
+allOf:
+ - $ref: "ethernet-controller.yaml#"
+
+maintainers:
+ - Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
+
+description: |
+ The DP83869HM device is a robust, fully-featured Gigabit (PHY) transceiver
+ with integrated PMD sublayers that supports 10BASE-Te, 100BASE-TX and
+ 1000BASE-T Ethernet protocols. The DP83869 also supports 1000BASE-X and
+ 100BASE-FX Fiber protocols.
+ This device interfaces to the MAC layer through Reduced GMII (RGMII) and
+ SGMII The DP83869HM supports Media Conversion in Managed mode. In this mode,
+ the DP83869HM can run 1000BASE-X-to-1000BASE-T and 100BASE-FX-to-100BASE-TX
+ conversions. The DP83869HM can also support Bridge Conversion from RGMII to
+ SGMII and SGMII to RGMII.
+
+ Specifications about the charger can be found at:
+ http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/dp83869hm.pdf
+
+properties:
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ ti,min-output-impedance:
+ type: boolean
+ description: |
+ MAC Interface Impedance control to set the programmable output impedance
+ to a minimum value (35 ohms).
+
+ ti,max-output-impedance:
+ type: boolean
+ description: |
+ MAC Interface Impedance control to set the programmable output impedance
+ to a maximum value (70 ohms).
+
+ tx-fifo-depth:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/uint32
+ description: |
+ Transmitt FIFO depth see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83869.h for values
+
+ rx-fifo-depth:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/uint32
+ description: |
+ Receive FIFO depth see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83869.h for values
+
+ ti,clk-output-sel:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/uint32
+ description: |
+ Muxing option for CLK_OUT pin see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83869.h for values.
+
+ ti,op-mode:
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/uint32
+ description: |
+ Operational mode for the PHY. If this is not set then the operational
+ mode is set by the straps. see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83869.h for values
+
+required:
+ - reg
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83869.h>
+ mdio0 {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ ethphy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
+ reg = <0>;
+ tx-fifo-depth = <DP83869_PHYCR_FIFO_DEPTH_4_B_NIB>;
+ rx-fifo-depth = <DP83869_PHYCR_FIFO_DEPTH_4_B_NIB>;
+ ti,op-mode = <DP83869_RGMII_COPPER_ETHERNET>;
+ ti,max-output-impedance = "true";
+ ti,clk-output-sel = <DP83869_CLK_O_SEL_CHN_A_RCLK>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt
index ae661e65354e..017128394a3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt
@@ -81,6 +81,12 @@ Optional properties:
Definition: Name of external front end module used. Some valid FEM names
for example: "microsemi-lx5586", "sky85703-11"
and "sky85803" etc.
+- qcom,snoc-host-cap-8bit-quirk:
+ Usage: Optional
+ Value type: <empty>
+ Definition: Quirk specifying that the firmware expects the 8bit version
+ of the host capability QMI request
+- qcom,xo-cal-data: xo cal offset to be configured in xo trim register.
Example (to supply PCI based wifi block details):
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/arm-ccn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/arm-ccn.txt
index 43b5a71a5a9d..1c53b5aa3317 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/arm-ccn.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/arm-ccn.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
"arm,ccn-502"
"arm,ccn-504"
"arm,ccn-508"
+ "arm,ccn-512"
- reg: (standard registers property) physical address and size
(16MB) of the configuration registers block
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.txt
index d77e3f26f9e6..7822a806ea0a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: should be one of:
"fsl,imx8-ddr-pmu"
"fsl,imx8m-ddr-pmu"
+ "fsl,imx8mp-ddr-pmu"
- reg: physical address and size
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/lantiq,vrx200-pcie-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/lantiq,vrx200-pcie-phy.yaml
index 8a56a8526cef..a97482179cf5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/lantiq,vrx200-pcie-phy.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/lantiq,vrx200-pcie-phy.yaml
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ properties:
- description: exclusive PHY reset line
- description: shared reset line between the PCIe PHY and PCIe controller
- resets-names:
+ reset-names:
items:
- const: phy
- const: pcie
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml
index f83d888176cc..064b7dfc4252 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ patternProperties:
allOf:
- $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string"
- enum: [ ADC0, ADC1, ADC10, ADC11, ADC12, ADC13, ADC14, ADC15,
- ADC2, ADC3, ADC4, ADC5, ADC6, ADC7, ADC8, ADC9, BMCINT, ESPI,
- ESPIALT, FSI1, FSI2, FWSPIABR, FWSPID, FWSPIWP, GPIT0, GPIT1,
- GPIT2, GPIT3, GPIT4, GPIT5, GPIT6, GPIT7, GPIU0, GPIU1, GPIU2,
- GPIU3, GPIU4, GPIU5, GPIU6, GPIU7, I2C1, I2C10, I2C11, I2C12,
- I2C13, I2C14, I2C15, I2C16, I2C2, I2C3, I2C4, I2C5, I2C6, I2C7,
- I2C8, I2C9, I3C3, I3C4, I3C5, I3C6, JTAGM, LHPD, LHSIRQ, LPC,
- LPCHC, LPCPD, LPCPME, LPCSMI, LSIRQ, MACLINK1, MACLINK2,
+ ADC2, ADC3, ADC4, ADC5, ADC6, ADC7, ADC8, ADC9, BMCINT, EMMC,
+ ESPI, ESPIALT, FSI1, FSI2, FWSPIABR, FWSPID, FWSPIWP, GPIT0,
+ GPIT1, GPIT2, GPIT3, GPIT4, GPIT5, GPIT6, GPIT7, GPIU0, GPIU1,
+ GPIU2, GPIU3, GPIU4, GPIU5, GPIU6, GPIU7, I2C1, I2C10, I2C11,
+ I2C12, I2C13, I2C14, I2C15, I2C16, I2C2, I2C3, I2C4, I2C5, I2C6,
+ I2C7, I2C8, I2C9, I3C3, I3C4, I3C5, I3C6, JTAGM, LHPD, LHSIRQ,
+ LPC, LPCHC, LPCPD, LPCPME, LPCSMI, LSIRQ, MACLINK1, MACLINK2,
MACLINK3, MACLINK4, MDIO1, MDIO2, MDIO3, MDIO4, NCTS1, NCTS2,
NCTS3, NCTS4, NDCD1, NDCD2, NDCD3, NDCD4, NDSR1, NDSR2, NDSR3,
NDSR4, NDTR1, NDTR2, NDTR3, NDTR4, NRI1, NRI2, NRI3, NRI4, NRTS1,
@@ -48,47 +48,45 @@ patternProperties:
PWM8, PWM9, RGMII1, RGMII2, RGMII3, RGMII4, RMII1, RMII2, RMII3,
RMII4, RXD1, RXD2, RXD3, RXD4, SALT1, SALT10, SALT11, SALT12,
SALT13, SALT14, SALT15, SALT16, SALT2, SALT3, SALT4, SALT5,
- SALT6, SALT7, SALT8, SALT9, SD1, SD2, SD3, SD3DAT4, SD3DAT5,
- SD3DAT6, SD3DAT7, SGPM1, SGPS1, SIOONCTRL, SIOPBI, SIOPBO,
- SIOPWREQ, SIOPWRGD, SIOS3, SIOS5, SIOSCI, SPI1, SPI1ABR, SPI1CS1,
- SPI1WP, SPI2, SPI2CS1, SPI2CS2, TACH0, TACH1, TACH10, TACH11,
- TACH12, TACH13, TACH14, TACH15, TACH2, TACH3, TACH4, TACH5,
- TACH6, TACH7, TACH8, TACH9, THRU0, THRU1, THRU2, THRU3, TXD1,
- TXD2, TXD3, TXD4, UART10, UART11, UART12, UART13, UART6, UART7,
- UART8, UART9, VB, VGAHS, VGAVS, WDTRST1, WDTRST2, WDTRST3,
- WDTRST4, ]
+ SALT6, SALT7, SALT8, SALT9, SD1, SD2, SGPM1, SGPS1, SIOONCTRL,
+ SIOPBI, SIOPBO, SIOPWREQ, SIOPWRGD, SIOS3, SIOS5, SIOSCI, SPI1,
+ SPI1ABR, SPI1CS1, SPI1WP, SPI2, SPI2CS1, SPI2CS2, TACH0, TACH1,
+ TACH10, TACH11, TACH12, TACH13, TACH14, TACH15, TACH2, TACH3,
+ TACH4, TACH5, TACH6, TACH7, TACH8, TACH9, THRU0, THRU1, THRU2,
+ THRU3, TXD1, TXD2, TXD3, TXD4, UART10, UART11, UART12, UART13,
+ UART6, UART7, UART8, UART9, VB, VGAHS, VGAVS, WDTRST1, WDTRST2,
+ WDTRST3, WDTRST4, ]
groups:
allOf:
- $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string"
- enum: [ ADC0, ADC1, ADC10, ADC11, ADC12, ADC13, ADC14, ADC15,
- ADC2, ADC3, ADC4, ADC5, ADC6, ADC7, ADC8, ADC9, BMCINT, ESPI,
- ESPIALT, FSI1, FSI2, FWSPIABR, FWSPID, FWQSPID, FWSPIWP, GPIT0,
- GPIT1, GPIT2, GPIT3, GPIT4, GPIT5, GPIT6, GPIT7, GPIU0, GPIU1,
- GPIU2, GPIU3, GPIU4, GPIU5, GPIU6, GPIU7, HVI3C3, HVI3C4, I2C1,
- I2C10, I2C11, I2C12, I2C13, I2C14, I2C15, I2C16, I2C2, I2C3,
- I2C4, I2C5, I2C6, I2C7, I2C8, I2C9, I3C3, I3C4, I3C5, I3C6,
- JTAGM, LHPD, LHSIRQ, LPC, LPCHC, LPCPD, LPCPME, LPCSMI, LSIRQ,
- MACLINK1, MACLINK2, MACLINK3, MACLINK4, MDIO1, MDIO2, MDIO3,
- MDIO4, NCTS1, NCTS2, NCTS3, NCTS4, NDCD1, NDCD2, NDCD3, NDCD4,
- NDSR1, NDSR2, NDSR3, NDSR4, NDTR1, NDTR2, NDTR3, NDTR4, NRI1,
- NRI2, NRI3, NRI4, NRTS1, NRTS2, NRTS3, NRTS4, OSCCLK, PEWAKE,
- PWM0, PWM1, PWM10G0, PWM10G1, PWM11G0, PWM11G1, PWM12G0, PWM12G1,
- PWM13G0, PWM13G1, PWM14G0, PWM14G1, PWM15G0, PWM15G1, PWM2, PWM3,
- PWM4, PWM5, PWM6, PWM7, PWM8G0, PWM8G1, PWM9G0, PWM9G1, QSPI1,
- QSPI2, RGMII1, RGMII2, RGMII3, RGMII4, RMII1, RMII2, RMII3,
- RMII4, RXD1, RXD2, RXD3, RXD4, SALT1, SALT10G0, SALT10G1,
- SALT11G0, SALT11G1, SALT12G0, SALT12G1, SALT13G0, SALT13G1,
- SALT14G0, SALT14G1, SALT15G0, SALT15G1, SALT16G0, SALT16G1,
- SALT2, SALT3, SALT4, SALT5, SALT6, SALT7, SALT8, SALT9G0,
- SALT9G1, SD1, SD2, SD3, SD3DAT4, SD3DAT5, SD3DAT6, SD3DAT7,
- SGPM1, SGPS1, SIOONCTRL, SIOPBI, SIOPBO, SIOPWREQ, SIOPWRGD,
- SIOS3, SIOS5, SIOSCI, SPI1, SPI1ABR, SPI1CS1, SPI1WP, SPI2,
- SPI2CS1, SPI2CS2, TACH0, TACH1, TACH10, TACH11, TACH12, TACH13,
- TACH14, TACH15, TACH2, TACH3, TACH4, TACH5, TACH6, TACH7, TACH8,
- TACH9, THRU0, THRU1, THRU2, THRU3, TXD1, TXD2, TXD3, TXD4,
- UART10, UART11, UART12G0, UART12G1, UART13G0, UART13G1, UART6,
- UART7, UART8, UART9, VB, VGAHS, VGAVS, WDTRST1, WDTRST2, WDTRST3,
- WDTRST4, ]
+ ADC2, ADC3, ADC4, ADC5, ADC6, ADC7, ADC8, ADC9, BMCINT, EMMCG1,
+ EMMCG4, EMMCG8, ESPI, ESPIALT, FSI1, FSI2, FWSPIABR, FWSPID,
+ FWQSPID, FWSPIWP, GPIT0, GPIT1, GPIT2, GPIT3, GPIT4, GPIT5,
+ GPIT6, GPIT7, GPIU0, GPIU1, GPIU2, GPIU3, GPIU4, GPIU5, GPIU6,
+ GPIU7, HVI3C3, HVI3C4, I2C1, I2C10, I2C11, I2C12, I2C13, I2C14,
+ I2C15, I2C16, I2C2, I2C3, I2C4, I2C5, I2C6, I2C7, I2C8, I2C9,
+ I3C3, I3C4, I3C5, I3C6, JTAGM, LHPD, LHSIRQ, LPC, LPCHC, LPCPD,
+ LPCPME, LPCSMI, LSIRQ, MACLINK1, MACLINK2, MACLINK3, MACLINK4,
+ MDIO1, MDIO2, MDIO3, MDIO4, NCTS1, NCTS2, NCTS3, NCTS4, NDCD1,
+ NDCD2, NDCD3, NDCD4, NDSR1, NDSR2, NDSR3, NDSR4, NDTR1, NDTR2,
+ NDTR3, NDTR4, NRI1, NRI2, NRI3, NRI4, NRTS1, NRTS2, NRTS3, NRTS4,
+ OSCCLK, PEWAKE, PWM0, PWM1, PWM10G0, PWM10G1, PWM11G0, PWM11G1,
+ PWM12G0, PWM12G1, PWM13G0, PWM13G1, PWM14G0, PWM14G1, PWM15G0,
+ PWM15G1, PWM2, PWM3, PWM4, PWM5, PWM6, PWM7, PWM8G0, PWM8G1,
+ PWM9G0, PWM9G1, QSPI1, QSPI2, RGMII1, RGMII2, RGMII3, RGMII4,
+ RMII1, RMII2, RMII3, RMII4, RXD1, RXD2, RXD3, RXD4, SALT1,
+ SALT10G0, SALT10G1, SALT11G0, SALT11G1, SALT12G0, SALT12G1,
+ SALT13G0, SALT13G1, SALT14G0, SALT14G1, SALT15G0, SALT15G1,
+ SALT16G0, SALT16G1, SALT2, SALT3, SALT4, SALT5, SALT6, SALT7,
+ SALT8, SALT9G0, SALT9G1, SD1, SD2, SD3, SGPM1, SGPS1, SIOONCTRL,
+ SIOPBI, SIOPBO, SIOPWREQ, SIOPWRGD, SIOS3, SIOS5, SIOSCI, SPI1,
+ SPI1ABR, SPI1CS1, SPI1WP, SPI2, SPI2CS1, SPI2CS2, TACH0, TACH1,
+ TACH10, TACH11, TACH12, TACH13, TACH14, TACH15, TACH2, TACH3,
+ TACH4, TACH5, TACH6, TACH7, TACH8, TACH9, THRU0, THRU1, THRU2,
+ THRU3, TXD1, TXD2, TXD3, TXD4, UART10, UART11, UART12G0,
+ UART12G1, UART13G0, UART13G1, UART6, UART7, UART8, UART9, VB,
+ VGAHS, VGAVS, WDTRST1, WDTRST2, WDTRST3, WDTRST4, ]
required:
- compatible
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9e21b83d717e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: IDT ClockMatrix (TM) PTP Clock Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+ - Vincent Cheng <vincent.cheng.xh@renesas.com>
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ enum:
+ # For System Synchronizer
+ - idt,8a34000
+ - idt,8a34001
+ - idt,8a34002
+ - idt,8a34003
+ - idt,8a34004
+ - idt,8a34005
+ - idt,8a34006
+ - idt,8a34007
+ - idt,8a34008
+ - idt,8a34009
+ # For Port Synchronizer
+ - idt,8a34010
+ - idt,8a34011
+ - idt,8a34012
+ - idt,8a34013
+ - idt,8a34014
+ - idt,8a34015
+ - idt,8a34016
+ - idt,8a34017
+ - idt,8a34018
+ - idt,8a34019
+ # For Universal Frequency Translator (UFT)
+ - idt,8a34040
+ - idt,8a34041
+ - idt,8a34042
+ - idt,8a34043
+ - idt,8a34044
+ - idt,8a34045
+ - idt,8a34046
+ - idt,8a34047
+ - idt,8a34048
+ - idt,8a34049
+
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+ description:
+ I2C slave address of the device.
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ i2c@1 {
+ compatible = "abc,acme-1234";
+ reg = <0x01 0x400>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ phc@5b {
+ compatible = "idt,8a34000";
+ reg = <0x5b>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
index a78150c47aa2..59b4b73d4051 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ if:
properties:
compatible:
enum:
- - const: regulator-fixed
- - const: regulator-fixed-clock
+ - regulator-fixed
+ - regulator-fixed-clock
regulator-name: true
@@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ properties:
description: startup time in microseconds
$ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ off-on-delay-us:
+ description: off delay time in microseconds
+ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
enable-active-high:
description:
Polarity of GPIO is Active high. If this property is missing,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt
index bab9f71140b8..97c3e0b7611c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ Supported regulator node names:
PM8150L: smps1 - smps8, ldo1 - ldo11, bob, flash, rgb
PM8998: smps1 - smps13, ldo1 - ldo28, lvs1 - lvs2
PMI8998: bob
+ PM6150: smps1 - smps5, ldo1 - ldo19
+ PM6150L: smps1 - smps8, ldo1 - ldo11, bob
========================
First Level Nodes - PMIC
@@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ First Level Nodes - PMIC
"qcom,pm8150l-rpmh-regulators"
"qcom,pm8998-rpmh-regulators"
"qcom,pmi8998-rpmh-regulators"
+ "qcom,pm6150-rpmh-regulators"
+ "qcom,pm6150l-rpmh-regulators"
- qcom,pmic-id
Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt
index 45025b5b67f6..d126df043403 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ Regulator nodes are identified by their compatible:
"qcom,rpm-pm8841-regulators"
"qcom,rpm-pm8916-regulators"
"qcom,rpm-pm8941-regulators"
+ "qcom,rpm-pm8950-regulators"
"qcom,rpm-pm8994-regulators"
"qcom,rpm-pm8998-regulators"
"qcom,rpm-pma8084-regulators"
@@ -57,6 +58,26 @@ Regulator nodes are identified by their compatible:
- vdd_s1-supply:
- vdd_s2-supply:
- vdd_s3-supply:
+- vdd_s4-supply:
+- vdd_s4-supply:
+- vdd_s5-supply:
+- vdd_s6-supply:
+- vdd_l1_l19-supply:
+- vdd_l2_l23-supply:
+- vdd_l3-supply:
+- vdd_l4_l5_l6_l7_l16-supply:
+- vdd_l8_l11_l12_l17_l22-supply:
+- vdd_l9_l10_l13_l14_l15_l18-supply:
+- vdd_l20-supply:
+- vdd_l21-supply:
+ Usage: optional (pm8950 only)
+ Value type: <phandle>
+ Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as
+ described in the data sheet
+
+- vdd_s1-supply:
+- vdd_s2-supply:
+- vdd_s3-supply:
- vdd_l1_l3-supply:
- vdd_l2_lvs1_2_3-supply:
- vdd_l4_l11-supply:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt
index 430b8622bda1..f5cdac8b2847 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.txt
@@ -4,10 +4,12 @@ Qualcomm SPMI Regulators
Usage: required
Value type: <string>
Definition: must be one of:
+ "qcom,pm8004-regulators"
"qcom,pm8005-regulators"
"qcom,pm8841-regulators"
"qcom,pm8916-regulators"
"qcom,pm8941-regulators"
+ "qcom,pm8950-regulators"
"qcom,pm8994-regulators"
"qcom,pmi8994-regulators"
"qcom,pms405-regulators"
@@ -76,6 +78,26 @@ Qualcomm SPMI Regulators
- vdd_s2-supply:
- vdd_s3-supply:
- vdd_s4-supply:
+- vdd_s4-supply:
+- vdd_s5-supply:
+- vdd_s6-supply:
+- vdd_l1_l19-supply:
+- vdd_l2_l23-supply:
+- vdd_l3-supply:
+- vdd_l4_l5_l6_l7_l16-supply:
+- vdd_l8_l11_l12_l17_l22-supply:
+- vdd_l9_l10_l13_l14_l15_l18-supply:
+- vdd_l20-supply:
+- vdd_l21-supply:
+ Usage: optional (pm8950 only)
+ Value type: <phandle>
+ Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as
+ described in the data sheet
+
+- vdd_s1-supply:
+- vdd_s2-supply:
+- vdd_s3-supply:
+- vdd_s4-supply:
- vdd_s5-supply:
- vdd_s6-supply:
- vdd_s7-supply:
@@ -140,6 +162,9 @@ sub-node is identified using the node's name, with valid values listed for each
of the PMICs below.
pm8005:
+ s2, s5
+
+pm8005:
s1, s2, s3, s4
pm8841:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml
index 02c3043ce419..92ff2e8ad572 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml
@@ -38,7 +38,12 @@ properties:
type: boolean
regulator-boot-on:
- description: bootloader/firmware enabled regulator
+ description: bootloader/firmware enabled regulator.
+ It's expected that this regulator was left on by the bootloader.
+ If the bootloader didn't leave it on then OS should turn it on
+ at boot but shouldn't prevent it from being turned off later.
+ This property is intended to only be used for regulators where
+ software cannot read the state of the regulator.
type: boolean
regulator-allow-bypass:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml
index b261a3015f84..04819ad379c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml
@@ -24,15 +24,17 @@ description: |
properties:
compatible:
- items:
- - enum:
- - sifive,rocket0
- - sifive,e5
- - sifive,e51
- - sifive,u54-mc
- - sifive,u54
- - sifive,u5
- - const: riscv
+ oneOf:
+ - items:
+ - enum:
+ - sifive,rocket0
+ - sifive,e5
+ - sifive,e51
+ - sifive,u54-mc
+ - sifive,u54
+ - sifive,u5
+ - const: riscv
+ - const: riscv # Simulator only
description:
Identifies that the hart uses the RISC-V instruction set
and identifies the type of the hart.
@@ -66,12 +68,8 @@ properties:
insensitive, letters in the riscv,isa string must be all
lowercase to simplify parsing.
- timebase-frequency:
- type: integer
- minimum: 1
- description:
- Specifies the clock frequency of the system timer in Hz.
- This value is common to all harts on a single system image.
+ # RISC-V requires 'timebase-frequency' in /cpus, so disallow it here
+ timebase-frequency: false
interrupt-controller:
type: object
@@ -93,7 +91,6 @@ properties:
required:
- riscv,isa
- - timebase-frequency
- interrupt-controller
examples:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/atmel-trng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/atmel-trng.txt
index 4ac5aaa2d024..3900ee4f3532 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/atmel-trng.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/atmel-trng.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Atmel TRNG (True Random Number Generator) block
Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g45-trng"
+- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g45-trng" or "microchip,sam9x60-trng"
- reg : Offset and length of the register set of this block
- interrupts : the interrupt number for the TRNG block
- clocks: should contain the TRNG clk source
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/nuvoton,npcm-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/nuvoton,npcm-rng.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..65c04172fc8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/nuvoton,npcm-rng.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+NPCM SoC Random Number Generator
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "nuvoton,npcm750-rng" for the NPCM7XX BMC.
+- reg : Specifies physical base address and size of the registers.
+
+Example:
+
+rng: rng@f000b000 {
+ compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-rng";
+ reg = <0xf000b000 0x8>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap3_rom_rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap3_rom_rng.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f315c9723bd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap3_rom_rng.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+OMAP ROM RNG driver binding
+
+Secure SoCs may provide RNG via secure ROM calls like Nokia N900 does. The
+implementation can depend on the SoC secure ROM used.
+
+- compatible:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <string>
+ Definition: must be "nokia,n900-rom-rng"
+
+- clocks:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+ Definition: reference to the the RNG interface clock
+
+- clock-names:
+ Usage: required
+ Value type: <stringlist>
+ Definition: must be "ick"
+
+Example:
+
+ rom_rng: rng {
+ compatible = "nokia,n900-rom-rng";
+ clocks = <&rng_ick>;
+ clock-names = "ick";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos5250-trng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos5250-trng.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5a613a4ec780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos5250-trng.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Exynos True Random Number Generator
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be "samsung,exynos5250-trng".
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers map.
+- clocks : Phandle to clock-controller plus clock-specifier pair.
+- clock-names : "secss" as a clock name.
+
+Example:
+
+ rng@10830600 {
+ compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-trng";
+ reg = <0x10830600 0x100>;
+ clocks = <&clock CLK_SSS>;
+ clock-names = "secss";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cd69c2efdd37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+* H1 Secure Microcontroller with Cr50 Firmware on SPI Bus.
+
+H1 Secure Microcontroller running Cr50 firmware provides several
+functions, including TPM-like functionality. It communicates over
+SPI using the FIFO protocol described in the PTP Spec, section 6.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "google,cr50".
+- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency.
+
+Example:
+
+&spi0 {
+ tpm@0 {
+ compatible = "google,cr50";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <800000>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
index dd63151dc8b6..b143d9a21b2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ Required properties:
- "renesas,hscif-r8a77470" for R8A77470 (RZ/G1C) HSCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scif-r8a774a1" for R8A774A1 (RZ/G2M) SCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,hscif-r8a774a1" for R8A774A1 (RZ/G2M) HSCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,scif-r8a774b1" for R8A774B1 (RZ/G2N) SCIF compatible UART.
+ - "renesas,hscif-r8a774b1" for R8A774B1 (RZ/G2N) HSCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scif-r8a774c0" for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) SCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,hscif-r8a774c0" for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) HSCIF compatible UART.
- "renesas,scif-r8a7778" for R8A7778 (R-Car M1) SCIF compatible UART.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,hspi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,hspi.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c429cf4bea5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,hspi.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/renesas,hspi.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Renesas HSPI
+
+maintainers:
+ - Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
+
+allOf:
+ - $ref: spi-controller.yaml#
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ items:
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,hspi-r8a7778 # R-Car M1A
+ - renesas,hspi-r8a7779 # R-Car H1
+ - const: renesas,hspi
+
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ interrupts:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ power-domains:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - interrupts
+ - clocks
+ - '#address-cells'
+ - '#size-cells'
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a7778-clock.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+
+ hspi0: spi@fffc7000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,hspi-r8a7778", "renesas,hspi";
+ reg = <0xfffc7000 0x18>;
+ interrupts = <0 63 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7778_CLK_HSPI>;
+ power-domains = <&cpg_clocks>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ };
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzn1-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzn1-spi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fb1a6728638d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rzn1-spi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Renesas RZ/N1 SPI Controller
+
+This controller is based on the Synopsys DW Synchronous Serial Interface and
+inherits all properties defined in snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt except for the
+compatible property.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : The device specific string followed by the generic RZ/N1 string.
+ Therefore it must be one of:
+ "renesas,r9a06g032-spi", "renesas,rzn1-spi"
+ "renesas,r9a06g033-spi", "renesas,rzn1-spi"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b6c1dd2a9c5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Renesas MSIOF SPI controller
+
+maintainers:
+ - Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
+
+allOf:
+ - $ref: spi-controller.yaml#
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ oneOf:
+ - items:
+ - const: renesas,msiof-sh73a0 # SH-Mobile AG5
+ - const: renesas,sh-mobile-msiof # generic SH-Mobile compatible
+ # device
+ - items:
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7743 # RZ/G1M
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7744 # RZ/G1N
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7745 # RZ/G1E
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a77470 # RZ/G1C
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7790 # R-Car H2
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7791 # R-Car M2-W
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7792 # R-Car V2H
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7793 # R-Car M2-N
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7794 # R-Car E2
+ - const: renesas,rcar-gen2-msiof # generic R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1
+ # compatible device
+ - items:
+ - enum:
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a774a1 # RZ/G2M
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a774b1 # RZ/G2N
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a774c0 # RZ/G2E
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7795 # R-Car H3
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a7796 # R-Car M3-W
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a77965 # R-Car M3-N
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a77970 # R-Car V3M
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a77990 # R-Car E3
+ - renesas,msiof-r8a77995 # R-Car D3
+ - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-msiof # generic R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2
+ # compatible device
+ - items:
+ - const: renesas,sh-msiof # deprecated
+
+ reg:
+ minItems: 1
+ maxItems: 2
+ oneOf:
+ - items:
+ - description: CPU and DMA engine registers
+ - items:
+ - description: CPU registers
+ - description: DMA engine registers
+
+ interrupts:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ num-cs:
+ description: |
+ Total number of chip selects (default is 1).
+ Up to 3 native chip selects are supported:
+ 0: MSIOF_SYNC
+ 1: MSIOF_SS1
+ 2: MSIOF_SS2
+ Hardware limitations related to chip selects:
+ - Native chip selects are always deasserted in between transfers
+ that are part of the same message. Use cs-gpios to work around
+ this.
+ - All slaves using native chip selects must use the same spi-cs-high
+ configuration. Use cs-gpios to work around this.
+ - When using GPIO chip selects, at least one native chip select must
+ be left unused, as it will be driven anyway.
+ minimum: 1
+ maximum: 3
+ default: 1
+
+ dmas:
+ minItems: 2
+ maxItems: 4
+
+ dma-names:
+ minItems: 2
+ maxItems: 4
+ items:
+ enum: [ tx, rx ]
+
+ renesas,dtdl:
+ description: delay sync signal (setup) in transmit mode.
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ - enum:
+ - 0 # no bit delay
+ - 50 # 0.5-clock-cycle delay
+ - 100 # 1-clock-cycle delay
+ - 150 # 1.5-clock-cycle delay
+ - 200 # 2-clock-cycle delay
+
+ renesas,syncdl:
+ description: delay sync signal (hold) in transmit mode
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ - enum:
+ - 0 # no bit delay
+ - 50 # 0.5-clock-cycle delay
+ - 100 # 1-clock-cycle delay
+ - 150 # 1.5-clock-cycle delay
+ - 200 # 2-clock-cycle delay
+ - 300 # 3-clock-cycle delay
+
+ renesas,tx-fifo-size:
+ # deprecated for soctype-specific bindings
+ description: |
+ Override the default TX fifo size. Unit is words. Ignored if 0.
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ - maxItems: 1
+ default: 64
+
+ renesas,rx-fifo-size:
+ # deprecated for soctype-specific bindings
+ description: |
+ Override the default RX fifo size. Unit is words. Ignored if 0.
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+ - maxItems: 1
+ default: 64
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - interrupts
+ - '#address-cells'
+ - '#size-cells'
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a7791-clock.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+
+ msiof0: spi@e6e20000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,msiof-r8a7791", "renesas,rcar-gen2-msiof";
+ reg = <0 0xe6e20000 0 0x0064>;
+ interrupts = <0 156 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7791_CLK_MSIOF0>;
+ dmas = <&dmac0 0x51>, <&dmac0 0x52>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b9d1e4d11a77..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-Renesas HSPI.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : "renesas,hspi-<soctype>", "renesas,hspi" as fallback.
- Examples with soctypes are:
- - "renesas,hspi-r8a7778" (R-Car M1)
- - "renesas,hspi-r8a7779" (R-Car H1)
-- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-- interrupts : Interrupt specifier
-- #address-cells : Must be <1>
-- #size-cells : Must be <0>
-
-Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,*.
-
-Example:
-
- hspi0: spi@fffc7000 {
- compatible = "renesas,hspi-r8a7778", "renesas,hspi";
- reg = <0xfffc7000 0x18>;
- interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
- interrupts = <0 63 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
- };
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 18e14ee257b2..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-Renesas MSIOF spi controller
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : "renesas,msiof-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a774c0" (RZ/G2E)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7794" (R-Car E2)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7795" (R-Car H3)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a77980" (R-Car V3H)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
- "renesas,msiof-r8a77995" (R-Car D3)
- "renesas,msiof-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5)
- "renesas,sh-mobile-msiof" (generic SH-Mobile compatibile device)
- "renesas,rcar-gen2-msiof" (generic R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 compatible device)
- "renesas,rcar-gen3-msiof" (generic R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 compatible device)
- "renesas,sh-msiof" (deprecated)
-
- When compatible with the generic version, nodes
- must list the SoC-specific version corresponding
- to the platform first followed by the generic
- version.
-
-- reg : A list of offsets and lengths of the register sets for
- the device.
- If only one register set is present, it is to be used
- by both the CPU and the DMA engine.
- If two register sets are present, the first is to be
- used by the CPU, and the second is to be used by the
- DMA engine.
-- interrupts : Interrupt specifier
-- #address-cells : Must be <1>
-- #size-cells : Must be <0>
-
-Optional properties:
-- clocks : Must contain a reference to the functional clock.
-- num-cs : Total number of chip selects (default is 1).
- Up to 3 native chip selects are supported:
- 0: MSIOF_SYNC
- 1: MSIOF_SS1
- 2: MSIOF_SS2
- Hardware limitations related to chip selects:
- - Native chip selects are always deasserted in
- between transfers that are part of the same
- message. Use cs-gpios to work around this.
- - All slaves using native chip selects must use the
- same spi-cs-high configuration. Use cs-gpios to
- work around this.
- - When using GPIO chip selects, at least one native
- chip select must be left unused, as it will be
- driven anyway.
-- dmas : Must contain a list of two references to DMA
- specifiers, one for transmission, and one for
- reception.
-- dma-names : Must contain a list of two DMA names, "tx" and "rx".
-- spi-slave : Empty property indicating the SPI controller is used
- in slave mode.
-- renesas,dtdl : delay sync signal (setup) in transmit mode.
- Must contain one of the following values:
- 0 (no bit delay)
- 50 (0.5-clock-cycle delay)
- 100 (1-clock-cycle delay)
- 150 (1.5-clock-cycle delay)
- 200 (2-clock-cycle delay)
-
-- renesas,syncdl : delay sync signal (hold) in transmit mode.
- Must contain one of the following values:
- 0 (no bit delay)
- 50 (0.5-clock-cycle delay)
- 100 (1-clock-cycle delay)
- 150 (1.5-clock-cycle delay)
- 200 (2-clock-cycle delay)
- 300 (3-clock-cycle delay)
-
-Optional properties, deprecated for soctype-specific bindings:
-- renesas,tx-fifo-size : Overrides the default tx fifo size given in words
- (default is 64)
-- renesas,rx-fifo-size : Overrides the default rx fifo size given in words
- (default is 64)
-
-Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,*.
-
-Example:
-
- msiof0: spi@e6e20000 {
- compatible = "renesas,msiof-r8a7791",
- "renesas,rcar-gen2-msiof";
- reg = <0 0xe6e20000 0 0x0064>;
- interrupts = <0 156 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
- clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7791_CLK_MSIOF0>;
- dmas = <&dmac0 0x51>, <&dmac0 0x52>;
- dma-names = "tx", "rx";
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
- };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt
index f54c8c36395e..3ed08ee9feba 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ Required properties:
Optional properties:
- clock-names : Contains the names of the clocks:
"ssi_clk", for the core clock used to generate the external SPI clock.
- "pclk", the interface clock, required for register access.
+ "pclk", the interface clock, required for register access. If a clock domain
+ used to enable this clock then it should be named "pclk_clkdomain".
- cs-gpios : Specifies the gpio pins to be used for chipselects.
- num-cs : The number of chipselects. If omitted, this will default to 4.
- reg-io-width : The I/O register width (in bytes) implemented by this
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f5c6e438972..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-SiFive SPI controller Device Tree Bindings
-------------------------------------------
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "sifive,<chip>-spi" and "sifive,spi<version>".
- Supported compatible strings are:
- "sifive,fu540-c000-spi" for the SiFive SPI v0 as integrated
- onto the SiFive FU540 chip, and "sifive,spi0" for the SiFive
- SPI v0 IP block with no chip integration tweaks.
- Please refer to sifive-blocks-ip-versioning.txt for details
-- reg : Physical base address and size of SPI registers map
- A second (optional) range can indicate memory mapped flash
-- interrupts : Must contain one entry
-- interrupt-parent : Must be core interrupt controller
-- clocks : Must reference the frequency given to the controller
-- #address-cells : Must be '1', indicating which CS to use
-- #size-cells : Must be '0'
-
-Optional properties:
-- sifive,fifo-depth : Depth of hardware queues; defaults to 8
-- sifive,max-bits-per-word : Maximum bits per word; defaults to 8
-
-SPI RTL that corresponds to the IP block version numbers can be found here:
-https://github.com/sifive/sifive-blocks/tree/master/src/main/scala/devices/spi
-
-Example:
- spi: spi@10040000 {
- compatible = "sifive,fu540-c000-spi", "sifive,spi0";
- reg = <0x0 0x10040000 0x0 0x1000 0x0 0x20000000 0x0 0x10000000>;
- interrupt-parent = <&plic>;
- interrupts = <51>;
- clocks = <&tlclk>;
- #address-cells = <1>;
- #size-cells = <0>;
- sifive,fifo-depth = <8>;
- sifive,max-bits-per-word = <8>;
- };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..140e4351a19f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/spi-sifive.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: SiFive SPI controller
+
+maintainers:
+ - Pragnesh Patel <pragnesh.patel@sifive.com>
+ - Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
+ - Palmer Dabbelt <palmer@sifive.com>
+
+allOf:
+ - $ref: "spi-controller.yaml#"
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ items:
+ - const: sifive,fu540-c000-spi
+ - const: sifive,spi0
+
+ description:
+ Should be "sifive,<chip>-spi" and "sifive,spi<version>".
+ Supported compatible strings are -
+ "sifive,fu540-c000-spi" for the SiFive SPI v0 as integrated
+ onto the SiFive FU540 chip, and "sifive,spi0" for the SiFive
+ SPI v0 IP block with no chip integration tweaks.
+ Please refer to sifive-blocks-ip-versioning.txt for details
+
+ SPI RTL that corresponds to the IP block version numbers can be found here -
+ https://github.com/sifive/sifive-blocks/tree/master/src/main/scala/devices/spi
+
+ reg:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ description:
+ Physical base address and size of SPI registers map
+ A second (optional) range can indicate memory mapped flash
+
+ interrupts:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ description:
+ Must reference the frequency given to the controller
+
+ sifive,fifo-depth:
+ description:
+ Depth of hardware queues; defaults to 8
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32"
+ - enum: [ 8 ]
+ - default: 8
+
+ sifive,max-bits-per-word:
+ description:
+ Maximum bits per word; defaults to 8
+ allOf:
+ - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32"
+ - enum: [ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ]
+ - default: 8
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - interrupts
+ - clocks
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ spi: spi@10040000 {
+ compatible = "sifive,fu540-c000-spi", "sifive,spi0";
+ reg = <0x0 0x10040000 0x0 0x1000 0x0 0x20000000 0x0 0x10000000>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&plic>;
+ interrupts = <51>;
+ clocks = <&tlclk>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ sifive,fifo-depth = <8>;
+ sifive,max-bits-per-word = <8>;
+ };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32-qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32-qspi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bfc038b9478d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32-qspi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-* STMicroelectronics Quad Serial Peripheral Interface(QSPI)
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "st,stm32f469-qspi"
-- reg: the first contains the register location and length.
- the second contains the memory mapping address and length
-- reg-names: should contain the reg names "qspi" "qspi_mm"
-- interrupts: should contain the interrupt for the device
-- clocks: the phandle of the clock needed by the QSPI controller
-- A pinctrl must be defined to set pins in mode of operation for QSPI transfer
-
-Optional properties:
-- resets: must contain the phandle to the reset controller.
-
-A spi flash (NOR/NAND) must be a child of spi node and could have some
-properties. Also see jedec,spi-nor.txt.
-
-Required properties:
-- reg: chip-Select number (QSPI controller may connect 2 flashes)
-- spi-max-frequency: max frequency of spi bus
-
-Optional properties:
-- spi-rx-bus-width: see ./spi-bus.txt for the description
-- dmas: DMA specifiers for tx and rx dma. See the DMA client binding,
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt.
-- dma-names: DMA request names should include "tx" and "rx" if present.
-
-Example:
-
-qspi: spi@a0001000 {
- compatible = "st,stm32f469-qspi";
- reg = <0xa0001000 0x1000>, <0x90000000 0x10000000>;
- reg-names = "qspi", "qspi_mm";
- interrupts = <91>;
- resets = <&rcc STM32F4_AHB3_RESET(QSPI)>;
- clocks = <&rcc 0 STM32F4_AHB3_CLOCK(QSPI)>;
- pinctrl-names = "default";
- pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_qspi0>;
-
- flash@0 {
- compatible = "jedec,spi-nor";
- reg = <0>;
- spi-rx-bus-width = <4>;
- spi-max-frequency = <108000000>;
- ...
- };
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt
index dc924a5f71db..5f4ed3e5c994 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xilinx.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ Required properties:
number.
Optional properties:
-- xlnx,num-ss-bits : Number of chip selects used.
+- xlnx,num-ss-bits : Number of chip selects used.
+- xlnx,num-transfer-bits : Number of bits per transfer. This will be 8 if not specified
Example:
axi_quad_spi@41e00000 {
@@ -17,5 +18,6 @@ Example:
interrupts = <0 31 1>;
reg = <0x41e00000 0x10000>;
xlnx,num-ss-bits = <0x1>;
+ xlnx,num-transfer-bits = <32>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-qspi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-qspi.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3665a5fe6b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-qspi.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/st,stm32-qspi.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: STMicroelectronics STM32 Quad Serial Peripheral Interface (QSPI) bindings
+
+maintainers:
+ - Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
+ - Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
+
+allOf:
+ - $ref: "spi-controller.yaml#"
+
+properties:
+ compatible:
+ const: st,stm32f469-qspi
+
+ reg:
+ items:
+ - description: registers
+ - description: memory mapping
+
+ reg-names:
+ items:
+ - const: qspi
+ - const: qspi_mm
+
+ clocks:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ interrupts:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ resets:
+ maxItems: 1
+
+ dmas:
+ items:
+ - description: tx DMA channel
+ - description: rx DMA channel
+
+ dma-names:
+ items:
+ - const: tx
+ - const: rx
+
+required:
+ - compatible
+ - reg
+ - reg-names
+ - clocks
+ - interrupts
+
+examples:
+ - |
+ #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/clock/stm32mp1-clks.h>
+ #include <dt-bindings/reset/stm32mp1-resets.h>
+ spi@58003000 {
+ compatible = "st,stm32f469-qspi";
+ reg = <0x58003000 0x1000>, <0x70000000 0x10000000>;
+ reg-names = "qspi", "qspi_mm";
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 92 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ dmas = <&mdma1 22 0x10 0x100002 0x0 0x0>,
+ <&mdma1 22 0x10 0x100008 0x0 0x0>;
+ dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+ clocks = <&rcc QSPI_K>;
+ resets = <&rcc QSPI_R>;
+
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ flash@0 {
+ compatible = "jedec,spi-nor";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-rx-bus-width = <4>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <108000000>;
+ };
+ };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt
index b9f04e617eb7..6ffb09be7a76 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt
@@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ A child node must exist to represent the core DWC2 IP block. The name of
the node is not important. The content of the node is defined in dwc2.txt.
PHY documentation is provided in the following places:
-- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb2-phy.txt
-- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb3-pcie-phy.txt
+- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,meson-g12a-usb2-phy.yaml
+- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,meson-g12a-usb3-pcie-phy.yaml
Example device nodes:
usb: usb@ffe09000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml
index 059f6ef1ad4a..1ca64c85191a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml
@@ -63,7 +63,11 @@ properties:
description:
Set this flag to force EHCI reset after resume.
- phys: true
+ phys:
+ description: PHY specifier for the USB PHY
+
+ phy-names:
+ const: usb
required:
- compatible
@@ -89,6 +93,7 @@ examples:
interrupts = <39>;
clocks = <&ahb_gates 1>;
phys = <&usbphy 1>;
+ phy-names = "usb";
};
...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml
index da5a14becbe5..bcffec1f1341 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml
@@ -67,7 +67,11 @@ properties:
description:
Overrides the detected port count
- phys: true
+ phys:
+ description: PHY specifier for the USB PHY
+
+ phy-names:
+ const: usb
required:
- compatible
@@ -84,6 +88,7 @@ examples:
interrupts = <64>;
clocks = <&usb_clk 6>, <&ahb_gates 2>;
phys = <&usbphy 1>;
+ phy-names = "usb";
};
...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt
index f3e4acecabe8..42d8814f903a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Required properties:
"dma_ck": dma_bus clock for data transfer by DMA,
"xhci_ck": controller clock
- - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory
+ - phys : see usb-hcd.yaml in the current directory
Optional properties:
- wakeup-source : enable USB remote wakeup;
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Optional properties:
See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
- imod-interval-ns: default interrupt moderation interval is 5000ns
-additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are
+additionally the properties from usb-hcd.yaml (in the current directory) are
supported.
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt
index b9af7f5ee91d..e0ae6096f7ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties:
- clock-names : must contain "sys_ck" for clock of controller,
the following clocks are optional:
"ref_ck", "mcu_ck" and "dma_ck";
- - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory
+ - phys : see usb-hcd.yaml in the current directory
- dr_mode : should be one of "host", "peripheral" or "otg",
refer to usb/generic.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Optional properties:
- mediatek,u3p-dis-msk : mask to disable u3ports, bit0 for u3port0,
bit1 for u3port1, ... etc;
-additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are
+additionally the properties from usb-hcd.yaml (in the current directory) are
supported.
Sub-nodes:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml
index 9c8c56d3a792..7263b7f2b510 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml
@@ -18,8 +18,13 @@ properties:
description:
List of all the USB PHYs on this HCD
+ phy-names:
+ description:
+ Name specifier for the USB PHY
+
examples:
- |
usb {
phys = <&usb2_phy1>, <&usb3_phy1>;
+ phy-names = "usb";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt
index cc2e6f7d602e..d1702eb2c8bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
- interrupts : UHCI controller interrupt
-additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are
+additionally the properties from usb-hcd.yaml (in the current directory) are
supported.
Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
index 97400e8f8605..b49b819571f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ Optional properties:
- usb3-lpm-capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable
- quirk-broken-port-ped: set if the controller has broken port disable mechanism
- imod-interval-ns: default interrupt moderation interval is 5000ns
- - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory
+ - phys : see usb-hcd.yaml in the current directory
-additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are
+additionally the properties from usb-hcd.yaml (in the current directory) are
supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml
index 967e78c5ec0a..05b3904a995b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml
@@ -343,6 +343,8 @@ patternProperties:
description: Freescale Semiconductor
"^fujitsu,.*":
description: Fujitsu Ltd.
+ "^gardena,.*":
+ description: GARDENA GmbH
"^gateworks,.*":
description: Gateworks Corporation
"^gcw,.*":
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst
index 70e180e6b93d..207f0d24de69 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/libata.rst
@@ -250,23 +250,23 @@ High-level taskfile hooks
::
- void (*qc_prep) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
+ enum ata_completion_errors (*qc_prep) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
int (*qc_issue) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
-Higher-level hooks, these two hooks can potentially supercede several of
+Higher-level hooks, these two hooks can potentially supersede several of
the above taskfile/DMA engine hooks. ``->qc_prep`` is called after the
buffers have been DMA-mapped, and is typically used to populate the
-hardware's DMA scatter-gather table. Most drivers use the standard
-:c:func:`ata_qc_prep` helper function, but more advanced drivers roll their
-own.
+hardware's DMA scatter-gather table. Some drivers use the standard
+:c:func:`ata_bmdma_qc_prep` and :c:func:`ata_bmdma_dumb_qc_prep` helper
+functions, but more advanced drivers roll their own.
``->qc_issue`` is used to make a command active, once the hardware and S/G
tables have been prepared. IDE BMDMA drivers use the helper function
-:c:func:`ata_qc_issue_prot` for taskfile protocol-based dispatch. More
+:c:func:`ata_sff_qc_issue` for taskfile protocol-based dispatch. More
advanced drivers implement their own ``->qc_issue``.
-:c:func:`ata_qc_issue_prot` calls ``->tf_load()``, ``->bmdma_setup()``, and
+:c:func:`ata_sff_qc_issue` calls ``->sff_tf_load()``, ``->bmdma_setup()``, and
``->bmdma_start()`` as necessary to initiate a transfer.
Exception and probe handling (EH)
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst
index d9d958d5c824..287e86819640 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst
@@ -129,6 +129,8 @@ To facilitate such consumers NVMEM framework provides below apis::
struct nvmem_device *nvmem_device_get(struct device *dev, const char *name);
struct nvmem_device *devm_nvmem_device_get(struct device *dev,
const char *name);
+ struct nvmem_device *nvmem_device_find(void *data,
+ int (*match)(struct device *dev, const void *data));
void nvmem_device_put(struct nvmem_device *nvmem);
int nvmem_device_read(struct nvmem_device *nvmem, unsigned int offset,
size_t bytes, void *buf);
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst
index 8a0700af9596..471a511c7508 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst
@@ -256,13 +256,8 @@ alternative master keys or to support rotating master keys. Instead,
the master keys may be wrapped in userspace, e.g. as is done by the
`fscrypt <https://github.com/google/fscrypt>`_ tool.
-Including the inode number in the IVs was considered. However, it was
-rejected as it would have prevented ext4 filesystems from being
-resized, and by itself still wouldn't have been sufficient to prevent
-the same key from being directly reused for both XTS and CTS-CBC.
-
-DIRECT_KEY and per-mode keys
-----------------------------
+DIRECT_KEY policies
+-------------------
The Adiantum encryption mode (see `Encryption modes and usage`_) is
suitable for both contents and filenames encryption, and it accepts
@@ -285,6 +280,21 @@ IV. Moreover:
key derived using the KDF. Users may use the same master key for
other v2 encryption policies.
+IV_INO_LBLK_64 policies
+-----------------------
+
+When FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAG_IV_INO_LBLK_64 is set in the fscrypt policy,
+the encryption keys are derived from the master key, encryption mode
+number, and filesystem UUID. This normally results in all files
+protected by the same master key sharing a single contents encryption
+key and a single filenames encryption key. To still encrypt different
+files' data differently, inode numbers are included in the IVs.
+Consequently, shrinking the filesystem may not be allowed.
+
+This format is optimized for use with inline encryption hardware
+compliant with the UFS or eMMC standards, which support only 64 IV
+bits per I/O request and may have only a small number of keyslots.
+
Key identifiers
---------------
@@ -308,8 +318,9 @@ If unsure, you should use the (AES-256-XTS, AES-256-CTS-CBC) pair.
AES-128-CBC was added only for low-powered embedded devices with
crypto accelerators such as CAAM or CESA that do not support XTS. To
-use AES-128-CBC, CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 (or another SHA-256
-implementation) must be enabled so that ESSIV can be used.
+use AES-128-CBC, CONFIG_CRYPTO_ESSIV and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 (or
+another SHA-256 implementation) must be enabled so that ESSIV can be
+used.
Adiantum is a (primarily) stream cipher-based mode that is fast even
on CPUs without dedicated crypto instructions. It's also a true
@@ -341,10 +352,16 @@ a little endian number, except that:
is encrypted with AES-256 where the AES-256 key is the SHA-256 hash
of the file's data encryption key.
-- In the "direct key" configuration (FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAG_DIRECT_KEY
- set in the fscrypt_policy), the file's nonce is also appended to the
- IV. Currently this is only allowed with the Adiantum encryption
- mode.
+- With `DIRECT_KEY policies`_, the file's nonce is appended to the IV.
+ Currently this is only allowed with the Adiantum encryption mode.
+
+- With `IV_INO_LBLK_64 policies`_, the logical block number is limited
+ to 32 bits and is placed in bits 0-31 of the IV. The inode number
+ (which is also limited to 32 bits) is placed in bits 32-63.
+
+Note that because file logical block numbers are included in the IVs,
+filesystems must enforce that blocks are never shifted around within
+encrypted files, e.g. via "collapse range" or "insert range".
Filenames encryption
--------------------
@@ -354,10 +371,10 @@ the requirements to retain support for efficient directory lookups and
filenames of up to 255 bytes, the same IV is used for every filename
in a directory.
-However, each encrypted directory still uses a unique key; or
-alternatively (for the "direct key" configuration) has the file's
-nonce included in the IVs. Thus, IV reuse is limited to within a
-single directory.
+However, each encrypted directory still uses a unique key, or
+alternatively has the file's nonce (for `DIRECT_KEY policies`_) or
+inode number (for `IV_INO_LBLK_64 policies`_) included in the IVs.
+Thus, IV reuse is limited to within a single directory.
With CTS-CBC, the IV reuse means that when the plaintext filenames
share a common prefix at least as long as the cipher block size (16
@@ -431,12 +448,15 @@ This structure must be initialized as follows:
(1) for ``contents_encryption_mode`` and FSCRYPT_MODE_AES_256_CTS
(4) for ``filenames_encryption_mode``.
-- ``flags`` must contain a value from ``<linux/fscrypt.h>`` which
- identifies the amount of NUL-padding to use when encrypting
- filenames. If unsure, use FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_32 (0x3).
- Additionally, if the encryption modes are both
- FSCRYPT_MODE_ADIANTUM, this can contain
- FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAG_DIRECT_KEY; see `DIRECT_KEY and per-mode keys`_.
+- ``flags`` contains optional flags from ``<linux/fscrypt.h>``:
+
+ - FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_*: The amount of NUL padding to use when
+ encrypting filenames. If unsure, use FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_32
+ (0x3).
+ - FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAG_DIRECT_KEY: See `DIRECT_KEY policies`_.
+ - FSCRYPT_POLICY_FLAG_IV_INO_LBLK_64: See `IV_INO_LBLK_64
+ policies`_. This is mutually exclusive with DIRECT_KEY and is not
+ supported on v1 policies.
- For v2 encryption policies, ``__reserved`` must be zeroed.
@@ -1089,7 +1109,7 @@ policy structs (see `Setting an encryption policy`_), except that the
context structs also contain a nonce. The nonce is randomly generated
by the kernel and is used as KDF input or as a tweak to cause
different files to be encrypted differently; see `Per-file keys`_ and
-`DIRECT_KEY and per-mode keys`_.
+`DIRECT_KEY policies`_.
Data path changes
-----------------
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst
index 42a0b6dd9e0b..a95536b6443c 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst
@@ -226,6 +226,14 @@ To do so, check for FS_VERITY_FL (0x00100000) in the returned flags.
The verity flag is not settable via FS_IOC_SETFLAGS. You must use
FS_IOC_ENABLE_VERITY instead, since parameters must be provided.
+statx
+-----
+
+Since Linux v5.5, the statx() system call sets STATX_ATTR_VERITY if
+the file has fs-verity enabled. This can perform better than
+FS_IOC_GETFLAGS and FS_IOC_MEASURE_VERITY because it doesn't require
+opening the file, and opening verity files can be expensive.
+
Accessing verity files
======================
@@ -398,7 +406,7 @@ pages have been read into the pagecache. (See `Verifying data`_.)
ext4
----
-ext4 supports fs-verity since Linux TODO and e2fsprogs v1.45.2.
+ext4 supports fs-verity since Linux v5.4 and e2fsprogs v1.45.2.
To create verity files on an ext4 filesystem, the filesystem must have
been formatted with ``-O verity`` or had ``tune2fs -O verity`` run on
@@ -434,7 +442,7 @@ also only supports extent-based files.
f2fs
----
-f2fs supports fs-verity since Linux TODO and f2fs-tools v1.11.0.
+f2fs supports fs-verity since Linux v5.4 and f2fs-tools v1.11.0.
To create verity files on an f2fs filesystem, the filesystem must have
been formatted with ``-O verity``.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst
index 8147c3f218bf..230ad59b462b 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Linux Hardware Monitoring
hwmon-kernel-api
pmbus-core
+ inspur-ipsps1
submitting-patches
sysfs-interface
userspace-tools
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst
index 2b871ae3448f..292c0c26bdd1 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/inspur-ipsps1.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Kernel driver inspur-ipsps1
-=======================
+===========================
Supported chips:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp.rst
index 12a86ba17de9..4451d59b9425 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp.rst
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp.rst
@@ -21,10 +21,17 @@ Supported chips:
* AMD Family 14h processors: "Brazos" (C/E/G/Z-Series)
-* AMD Family 15h processors: "Bulldozer" (FX-Series), "Trinity", "Kaveri", "Carrizo"
+* AMD Family 15h processors: "Bulldozer" (FX-Series), "Trinity", "Kaveri",
+ "Carrizo", "Stoney Ridge", "Bristol Ridge"
* AMD Family 16h processors: "Kabini", "Mullins"
+* AMD Family 17h processors: "Zen", "Zen 2"
+
+* AMD Family 18h processors: "Hygon Dhyana"
+
+* AMD Family 19h processors: "Zen 3"
+
Prefix: 'k10temp'
Addresses scanned: PCI space
@@ -110,3 +117,12 @@ The maximum value for Tctl is available in the file temp1_max.
If the BIOS has enabled hardware temperature control, the threshold at
which the processor will throttle itself to avoid damage is available in
temp1_crit and temp1_crit_hyst.
+
+On some AMD CPUs, there is a difference between the die temperature (Tdie) and
+the reported temperature (Tctl). Tdie is the real measured temperature, and
+Tctl is used for fan control. While Tctl is always available as temp1_input,
+the driver exports Tdie temperature as temp2_input for those CPUs which support
+it.
+
+Models from 17h family report relative temperature, the driver aims to
+compensate and report the real temperature.
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst
index bef79cd4c6b4..4ef86433bd67 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst
@@ -233,6 +233,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments
'f' 00-0F fs/ext4/ext4.h conflict!
'f' 00-0F linux/fs.h conflict!
'f' 00-0F fs/ocfs2/ocfs2_fs.h conflict!
+'f' 13-27 linux/fscrypt.h
'f' 81-8F linux/fsverity.h
'g' 00-0F linux/usb/gadgetfs.h
'g' 20-2F linux/usb/g_printer.h
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst
index 6ba9d5365ff3..b89c88168d6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst
@@ -954,11 +954,6 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
From commandline LDFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
- KBUILD_ARFLAGS Options for $(AR) when creating archives
-
- $(KBUILD_ARFLAGS) set by the top level Makefile to "D" (deterministic
- mode) if this option is supported by $(AR).
-
KBUILD_LDS
The linker script with full path. Assigned by the top-level Makefile.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/modules.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/modules.rst
index d2ae799237fd..774a998dcf37 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/modules.rst
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/modules.rst
@@ -498,10 +498,11 @@ build.
will be written containing all exported symbols that were not
defined in the kernel.
---- 6.3 Symbols From Another External Module
+6.3 Symbols From Another External Module
+----------------------------------------
Sometimes, an external module uses exported symbols from
- another external module. kbuild needs to have full knowledge of
+ another external module. Kbuild needs to have full knowledge of
all symbols to avoid spitting out warnings about undefined
symbols. Three solutions exist for this situation.
@@ -521,7 +522,7 @@ build.
The top-level kbuild file would then look like::
#./Kbuild (or ./Makefile):
- obj-y := foo/ bar/
+ obj-m := foo/ bar/
And executing::
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/reproducible-builds.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/reproducible-builds.rst
index ab92e98c89c8..503393854e2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/reproducible-builds.rst
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/reproducible-builds.rst
@@ -16,16 +16,21 @@ the kernel may be unreproducible, and how to avoid them.
Timestamps
----------
-The kernel embeds a timestamp in two places:
+The kernel embeds timestamps in three places:
* The version string exposed by ``uname()`` and included in
``/proc/version``
* File timestamps in the embedded initramfs
-By default the timestamp is the current time. This must be overridden
-using the `KBUILD_BUILD_TIMESTAMP`_ variable. If you are building
-from a git commit, you could use its commit date.
+* If enabled via ``CONFIG_IKHEADERS``, file timestamps of kernel
+ headers embedded in the kernel or respective module,
+ exposed via ``/sys/kernel/kheaders.tar.xz``
+
+By default the timestamp is the current time and in the case of
+``kheaders`` the various files' modification times. This must
+be overridden using the `KBUILD_BUILD_TIMESTAMP`_ variable.
+If you are building from a git commit, you could use its commit date.
The kernel does *not* use the ``__DATE__`` and ``__TIME__`` macros,
and enables warnings if they are used. If you incorporate external
diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst
index 17674a9e21b2..525944063be7 100644
--- a/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Kernel Livepatching
cumulative-patches
module-elf-format
shadow-vars
+ system-state
.. only:: subproject and html
diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/system-state.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/system-state.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c6d127c2d9aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/livepatch/system-state.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+====================
+System State Changes
+====================
+
+Some users are really reluctant to reboot a system. This brings the need
+to provide more livepatches and maintain some compatibility between them.
+
+Maintaining more livepatches is much easier with cumulative livepatches.
+Each new livepatch completely replaces any older one. It can keep,
+add, and even remove fixes. And it is typically safe to replace any version
+of the livepatch with any other one thanks to the atomic replace feature.
+
+The problems might come with shadow variables and callbacks. They might
+change the system behavior or state so that it is no longer safe to
+go back and use an older livepatch or the original kernel code. Also
+any new livepatch must be able to detect what changes have already been
+done by the already installed livepatches.
+
+This is where the livepatch system state tracking gets useful. It
+allows to:
+
+ - store data needed to manipulate and restore the system state
+
+ - define compatibility between livepatches using a change id
+ and version
+
+
+1. Livepatch system state API
+=============================
+
+The state of the system might get modified either by several livepatch callbacks
+or by the newly used code. Also it must be possible to find changes done by
+already installed livepatches.
+
+Each modified state is described by struct klp_state, see
+include/linux/livepatch.h.
+
+Each livepatch defines an array of struct klp_states. They mention
+all states that the livepatch modifies.
+
+The livepatch author must define the following two fields for each
+struct klp_state:
+
+ - *id*
+
+ - Non-zero number used to identify the affected system state.
+
+ - *version*
+
+ - Number describing the variant of the system state change that
+ is supported by the given livepatch.
+
+The state can be manipulated using two functions:
+
+ - *klp_get_state(patch, id)*
+
+ - Get struct klp_state associated with the given livepatch
+ and state id.
+
+ - *klp_get_prev_state(id)*
+
+ - Get struct klp_state associated with the given feature id and
+ already installed livepatches.
+
+2. Livepatch compatibility
+==========================
+
+The system state version is used to prevent loading incompatible livepatches.
+The check is done when the livepatch is enabled. The rules are:
+
+ - Any completely new system state modification is allowed.
+
+ - System state modifications with the same or higher version are allowed
+ for already modified system states.
+
+ - Cumulative livepatches must handle all system state modifications from
+ already installed livepatches.
+
+ - Non-cumulative livepatches are allowed to touch already modified
+ system states.
+
+3. Supported scenarios
+======================
+
+Livepatches have their life-cycle and the same is true for the system
+state changes. Every compatible livepatch has to support the following
+scenarios:
+
+ - Modify the system state when the livepatch gets enabled and the state
+ has not been already modified by a livepatches that are being
+ replaced.
+
+ - Take over or update the system state modification when is has already
+ been done by a livepatch that is being replaced.
+
+ - Restore the original state when the livepatch is disabled.
+
+ - Restore the previous state when the transition is reverted.
+ It might be the original system state or the state modification
+ done by livepatches that were being replaced.
+
+ - Remove any already made changes when error occurs and the livepatch
+ cannot get enabled.
+
+4. Expected usage
+=================
+
+System states are usually modified by livepatch callbacks. The expected
+role of each callback is as follows:
+
+*pre_patch()*
+
+ - Allocate *state->data* when necessary. The allocation might fail
+ and *pre_patch()* is the only callback that could stop loading
+ of the livepatch. The allocation is not needed when the data
+ are already provided by previously installed livepatches.
+
+ - Do any other preparatory action that is needed by
+ the new code even before the transition gets finished.
+ For example, initialize *state->data*.
+
+ The system state itself is typically modified in *post_patch()*
+ when the entire system is able to handle it.
+
+ - Clean up its own mess in case of error. It might be done by a custom
+ code or by calling *post_unpatch()* explicitly.
+
+*post_patch()*
+
+ - Copy *state->data* from the previous livepatch when they are
+ compatible.
+
+ - Do the actual system state modification. Eventually allow
+ the new code to use it.
+
+ - Make sure that *state->data* has all necessary information.
+
+ - Free *state->data* from replaces livepatches when they are
+ not longer needed.
+
+*pre_unpatch()*
+
+ - Prevent the code, added by the livepatch, relying on the system
+ state change.
+
+ - Revert the system state modification..
+
+*post_unpatch()*
+
+ - Distinguish transition reverse and livepatch disabling by
+ checking *klp_get_prev_state()*.
+
+ - In case of transition reverse, restore the previous system
+ state. It might mean doing nothing.
+
+ - Remove any not longer needed setting or data.
+
+.. note::
+
+ *pre_unpatch()* typically does symmetric operations to *post_patch()*.
+ Except that it is called only when the livepatch is being disabled.
+ Therefore it does not need to care about any previously installed
+ livepatch.
+
+ *post_unpatch()* typically does symmetric operations to *pre_patch()*.
+ It might be called also during the transition reverse. Therefore it
+ has to handle the state of the previously installed livepatches.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/af_xdp.rst b/Documentation/networking/af_xdp.rst
index 83f7ae5fc045..5bc55a4e3bce 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/af_xdp.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/af_xdp.rst
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ allocates memory for this UMEM using whatever means it feels is most
appropriate (malloc, mmap, huge pages, etc). This memory area is then
registered with the kernel using the new setsockopt XDP_UMEM_REG. The
UMEM also has two rings: the FILL ring and the COMPLETION ring. The
-fill ring is used by the application to send down addr for the kernel
+FILL ring is used by the application to send down addr for the kernel
to fill in with RX packet data. References to these frames will then
appear in the RX ring once each packet has been received. The
-completion ring, on the other hand, contains frame addr that the
+COMPLETION ring, on the other hand, contains frame addr that the
kernel has transmitted completely and can now be used again by user
space, for either TX or RX. Thus, the frame addrs appearing in the
-completion ring are addrs that were previously transmitted using the
+COMPLETION ring are addrs that were previously transmitted using the
TX ring. In summary, the RX and FILL rings are used for the RX path
and the TX and COMPLETION rings are used for the TX path.
@@ -91,11 +91,16 @@ Concepts
========
In order to use an AF_XDP socket, a number of associated objects need
-to be setup.
+to be setup. These objects and their options are explained in the
+following sections.
-Jonathan Corbet has also written an excellent article on LWN,
-"Accelerating networking with AF_XDP". It can be found at
-https://lwn.net/Articles/750845/.
+For an overview on how AF_XDP works, you can also take a look at the
+Linux Plumbers paper from 2018 on the subject:
+http://vger.kernel.org/lpc_net2018_talks/lpc18_paper_af_xdp_perf-v2.pdf. Do
+NOT consult the paper from 2017 on "AF_PACKET v4", the first attempt
+at AF_XDP. Nearly everything changed since then. Jonathan Corbet has
+also written an excellent article on LWN, "Accelerating networking
+with AF_XDP". It can be found at https://lwn.net/Articles/750845/.
UMEM
----
@@ -113,22 +118,22 @@ the next socket B can do this by setting the XDP_SHARED_UMEM flag in
struct sockaddr_xdp member sxdp_flags, and passing the file descriptor
of A to struct sockaddr_xdp member sxdp_shared_umem_fd.
-The UMEM has two single-producer/single-consumer rings, that are used
+The UMEM has two single-producer/single-consumer rings that are used
to transfer ownership of UMEM frames between the kernel and the
user-space application.
Rings
-----
-There are a four different kind of rings: Fill, Completion, RX and
+There are a four different kind of rings: FILL, COMPLETION, RX and
TX. All rings are single-producer/single-consumer, so the user-space
application need explicit synchronization of multiple
processes/threads are reading/writing to them.
-The UMEM uses two rings: Fill and Completion. Each socket associated
+The UMEM uses two rings: FILL and COMPLETION. Each socket associated
with the UMEM must have an RX queue, TX queue or both. Say, that there
is a setup with four sockets (all doing TX and RX). Then there will be
-one Fill ring, one Completion ring, four TX rings and four RX rings.
+one FILL ring, one COMPLETION ring, four TX rings and four RX rings.
The rings are head(producer)/tail(consumer) based rings. A producer
writes the data ring at the index pointed out by struct xdp_ring
@@ -146,7 +151,7 @@ The size of the rings need to be of size power of two.
UMEM Fill Ring
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The Fill ring is used to transfer ownership of UMEM frames from
+The FILL ring is used to transfer ownership of UMEM frames from
user-space to kernel-space. The UMEM addrs are passed in the ring. As
an example, if the UMEM is 64k and each chunk is 4k, then the UMEM has
16 chunks and can pass addrs between 0 and 64k.
@@ -164,8 +169,8 @@ chunks mode, then the incoming addr will be left untouched.
UMEM Completion Ring
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The Completion Ring is used transfer ownership of UMEM frames from
-kernel-space to user-space. Just like the Fill ring, UMEM indicies are
+The COMPLETION Ring is used transfer ownership of UMEM frames from
+kernel-space to user-space. Just like the FILL ring, UMEM indices are
used.
Frames passed from the kernel to user-space are frames that has been
@@ -181,7 +186,7 @@ The RX ring is the receiving side of a socket. Each entry in the ring
is a struct xdp_desc descriptor. The descriptor contains UMEM offset
(addr) and the length of the data (len).
-If no frames have been passed to kernel via the Fill ring, no
+If no frames have been passed to kernel via the FILL ring, no
descriptors will (or can) appear on the RX ring.
The user application consumes struct xdp_desc descriptors from this
@@ -199,8 +204,24 @@ be relaxed in the future.
The user application produces struct xdp_desc descriptors to this
ring.
+Libbpf
+======
+
+Libbpf is a helper library for eBPF and XDP that makes using these
+technologies a lot simpler. It also contains specific helper functions
+in tools/lib/bpf/xsk.h for facilitating the use of AF_XDP. It
+contains two types of functions: those that can be used to make the
+setup of AF_XDP socket easier and ones that can be used in the data
+plane to access the rings safely and quickly. To see an example on how
+to use this API, please take a look at the sample application in
+samples/bpf/xdpsock_usr.c which uses libbpf for both setup and data
+plane operations.
+
+We recommend that you use this library unless you have become a power
+user. It will make your program a lot simpler.
+
XSKMAP / BPF_MAP_TYPE_XSKMAP
-----------------------------
+============================
On XDP side there is a BPF map type BPF_MAP_TYPE_XSKMAP (XSKMAP) that
is used in conjunction with bpf_redirect_map() to pass the ingress
@@ -216,21 +237,202 @@ queue 17. Only the XDP program executing for eth0 and queue 17 will
successfully pass data to the socket. Please refer to the sample
application (samples/bpf/) in for an example.
+Configuration Flags and Socket Options
+======================================
+
+These are the various configuration flags that can be used to control
+and monitor the behavior of AF_XDP sockets.
+
+XDP_COPY and XDP_ZERO_COPY bind flags
+-------------------------------------
+
+When you bind to a socket, the kernel will first try to use zero-copy
+copy. If zero-copy is not supported, it will fall back on using copy
+mode, i.e. copying all packets out to user space. But if you would
+like to force a certain mode, you can use the following flags. If you
+pass the XDP_COPY flag to the bind call, the kernel will force the
+socket into copy mode. If it cannot use copy mode, the bind call will
+fail with an error. Conversely, the XDP_ZERO_COPY flag will force the
+socket into zero-copy mode or fail.
+
+XDP_SHARED_UMEM bind flag
+-------------------------
+
+This flag enables you to bind multiple sockets to the same UMEM, but
+only if they share the same queue id. In this mode, each socket has
+their own RX and TX rings, but the UMEM (tied to the fist socket
+created) only has a single FILL ring and a single COMPLETION
+ring. To use this mode, create the first socket and bind it in the normal
+way. Create a second socket and create an RX and a TX ring, or at
+least one of them, but no FILL or COMPLETION rings as the ones from
+the first socket will be used. In the bind call, set he
+XDP_SHARED_UMEM option and provide the initial socket's fd in the
+sxdp_shared_umem_fd field. You can attach an arbitrary number of extra
+sockets this way.
+
+What socket will then a packet arrive on? This is decided by the XDP
+program. Put all the sockets in the XSK_MAP and just indicate which
+index in the array you would like to send each packet to. A simple
+round-robin example of distributing packets is shown below:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ #include <linux/bpf.h>
+ #include "bpf_helpers.h"
+
+ #define MAX_SOCKS 16
+
+ struct {
+ __uint(type, BPF_MAP_TYPE_XSKMAP);
+ __uint(max_entries, MAX_SOCKS);
+ __uint(key_size, sizeof(int));
+ __uint(value_size, sizeof(int));
+ } xsks_map SEC(".maps");
+
+ static unsigned int rr;
+
+ SEC("xdp_sock") int xdp_sock_prog(struct xdp_md *ctx)
+ {
+ rr = (rr + 1) & (MAX_SOCKS - 1);
+
+ return bpf_redirect_map(&xsks_map, rr, XDP_DROP);
+ }
+
+Note, that since there is only a single set of FILL and COMPLETION
+rings, and they are single producer, single consumer rings, you need
+to make sure that multiple processes or threads do not use these rings
+concurrently. There are no synchronization primitives in the
+libbpf code that protects multiple users at this point in time.
+
+Libbpf uses this mode if you create more than one socket tied to the
+same umem. However, note that you need to supply the
+XSK_LIBBPF_FLAGS__INHIBIT_PROG_LOAD libbpf_flag with the
+xsk_socket__create calls and load your own XDP program as there is no
+built in one in libbpf that will route the traffic for you.
+
+XDP_USE_NEED_WAKEUP bind flag
+-----------------------------
+
+This option adds support for a new flag called need_wakeup that is
+present in the FILL ring and the TX ring, the rings for which user
+space is a producer. When this option is set in the bind call, the
+need_wakeup flag will be set if the kernel needs to be explicitly
+woken up by a syscall to continue processing packets. If the flag is
+zero, no syscall is needed.
+
+If the flag is set on the FILL ring, the application needs to call
+poll() to be able to continue to receive packets on the RX ring. This
+can happen, for example, when the kernel has detected that there are no
+more buffers on the FILL ring and no buffers left on the RX HW ring of
+the NIC. In this case, interrupts are turned off as the NIC cannot
+receive any packets (as there are no buffers to put them in), and the
+need_wakeup flag is set so that user space can put buffers on the
+FILL ring and then call poll() so that the kernel driver can put these
+buffers on the HW ring and start to receive packets.
+
+If the flag is set for the TX ring, it means that the application
+needs to explicitly notify the kernel to send any packets put on the
+TX ring. This can be accomplished either by a poll() call, as in the
+RX path, or by calling sendto().
+
+An example of how to use this flag can be found in
+samples/bpf/xdpsock_user.c. An example with the use of libbpf helpers
+would look like this for the TX path:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ if (xsk_ring_prod__needs_wakeup(&my_tx_ring))
+ sendto(xsk_socket__fd(xsk_handle), NULL, 0, MSG_DONTWAIT, NULL, 0);
+
+I.e., only use the syscall if the flag is set.
+
+We recommend that you always enable this mode as it usually leads to
+better performance especially if you run the application and the
+driver on the same core, but also if you use different cores for the
+application and the kernel driver, as it reduces the number of
+syscalls needed for the TX path.
+
+XDP_{RX|TX|UMEM_FILL|UMEM_COMPLETION}_RING setsockopts
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+These setsockopts sets the number of descriptors that the RX, TX,
+FILL, and COMPLETION rings respectively should have. It is mandatory
+to set the size of at least one of the RX and TX rings. If you set
+both, you will be able to both receive and send traffic from your
+application, but if you only want to do one of them, you can save
+resources by only setting up one of them. Both the FILL ring and the
+COMPLETION ring are mandatory as you need to have a UMEM tied to your
+socket. But if the XDP_SHARED_UMEM flag is used, any socket after the
+first one does not have a UMEM and should in that case not have any
+FILL or COMPLETION rings created as the ones from the shared umem will
+be used. Note, that the rings are single-producer single-consumer, so
+do not try to access them from multiple processes at the same
+time. See the XDP_SHARED_UMEM section.
+
+In libbpf, you can create Rx-only and Tx-only sockets by supplying
+NULL to the rx and tx arguments, respectively, to the
+xsk_socket__create function.
+
+If you create a Tx-only socket, we recommend that you do not put any
+packets on the fill ring. If you do this, drivers might think you are
+going to receive something when you in fact will not, and this can
+negatively impact performance.
+
+XDP_UMEM_REG setsockopt
+-----------------------
+
+This setsockopt registers a UMEM to a socket. This is the area that
+contain all the buffers that packet can recide in. The call takes a
+pointer to the beginning of this area and the size of it. Moreover, it
+also has parameter called chunk_size that is the size that the UMEM is
+divided into. It can only be 2K or 4K at the moment. If you have an
+UMEM area that is 128K and a chunk size of 2K, this means that you
+will be able to hold a maximum of 128K / 2K = 64 packets in your UMEM
+area and that your largest packet size can be 2K.
+
+There is also an option to set the headroom of each single buffer in
+the UMEM. If you set this to N bytes, it means that the packet will
+start N bytes into the buffer leaving the first N bytes for the
+application to use. The final option is the flags field, but it will
+be dealt with in separate sections for each UMEM flag.
+
+XDP_STATISTICS getsockopt
+-------------------------
+
+Gets drop statistics of a socket that can be useful for debug
+purposes. The supported statistics are shown below:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ struct xdp_statistics {
+ __u64 rx_dropped; /* Dropped for reasons other than invalid desc */
+ __u64 rx_invalid_descs; /* Dropped due to invalid descriptor */
+ __u64 tx_invalid_descs; /* Dropped due to invalid descriptor */
+ };
+
+XDP_OPTIONS getsockopt
+----------------------
+
+Gets options from an XDP socket. The only one supported so far is
+XDP_OPTIONS_ZEROCOPY which tells you if zero-copy is on or not.
+
Usage
=====
-In order to use AF_XDP sockets there are two parts needed. The
+In order to use AF_XDP sockets two parts are needed. The
user-space application and the XDP program. For a complete setup and
usage example, please refer to the sample application. The user-space
side is xdpsock_user.c and the XDP side is part of libbpf.
-The XDP code sample included in tools/lib/bpf/xsk.c is the following::
+The XDP code sample included in tools/lib/bpf/xsk.c is the following:
+
+.. code-block:: c
SEC("xdp_sock") int xdp_sock_prog(struct xdp_md *ctx)
{
int index = ctx->rx_queue_index;
- // A set entry here means that the correspnding queue_id
+ // A set entry here means that the corresponding queue_id
// has an active AF_XDP socket bound to it.
if (bpf_map_lookup_elem(&xsks_map, &index))
return bpf_redirect_map(&xsks_map, index, 0);
@@ -238,7 +440,10 @@ The XDP code sample included in tools/lib/bpf/xsk.c is the following::
return XDP_PASS;
}
-Naive ring dequeue and enqueue could look like this::
+A simple but not so performance ring dequeue and enqueue could look
+like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c
// struct xdp_rxtx_ring {
// __u32 *producer;
@@ -287,17 +492,16 @@ Naive ring dequeue and enqueue could look like this::
return 0;
}
-
-For a more optimized version, please refer to the sample application.
+But please use the libbpf functions as they are optimized and ready to
+use. Will make your life easier.
Sample application
==================
There is a xdpsock benchmarking/test application included that
-demonstrates how to use AF_XDP sockets with both private and shared
-UMEMs. Say that you would like your UDP traffic from port 4242 to end
-up in queue 16, that we will enable AF_XDP on. Here, we use ethtool
-for this::
+demonstrates how to use AF_XDP sockets with private UMEMs. Say that
+you would like your UDP traffic from port 4242 to end up in queue 16,
+that we will enable AF_XDP on. Here, we use ethtool for this::
ethtool -N p3p2 rx-flow-hash udp4 fn
ethtool -N p3p2 flow-type udp4 src-port 4242 dst-port 4242 \
@@ -311,13 +515,18 @@ using::
For XDP_SKB mode, use the switch "-S" instead of "-N" and all options
can be displayed with "-h", as usual.
+This sample application uses libbpf to make the setup and usage of
+AF_XDP simpler. If you want to know how the raw uapi of AF_XDP is
+really used to make something more advanced, take a look at the libbpf
+code in tools/lib/bpf/xsk.[ch].
+
FAQ
=======
Q: I am not seeing any traffic on the socket. What am I doing wrong?
A: When a netdev of a physical NIC is initialized, Linux usually
- allocates one Rx and Tx queue pair per core. So on a 8 core system,
+ allocates one RX and TX queue pair per core. So on a 8 core system,
queue ids 0 to 7 will be allocated, one per core. In the AF_XDP
bind call or the xsk_socket__create libbpf function call, you
specify a specific queue id to bind to and it is only the traffic
@@ -343,9 +552,21 @@ A: When a netdev of a physical NIC is initialized, Linux usually
sudo ethtool -N <interface> flow-type udp4 src-port 4242 dst-port \
4242 action 2
- A number of other ways are possible all up to the capabilitites of
+ A number of other ways are possible all up to the capabilities of
the NIC you have.
+Q: Can I use the XSKMAP to implement a switch betwen different umems
+ in copy mode?
+
+A: The short answer is no, that is not supported at the moment. The
+ XSKMAP can only be used to switch traffic coming in on queue id X
+ to sockets bound to the same queue id X. The XSKMAP can contain
+ sockets bound to different queue ids, for example X and Y, but only
+ traffic goming in from queue id Y can be directed to sockets bound
+ to the same queue id Y. In zero-copy mode, you should use the
+ switch, or other distribution mechanism, in your NIC to direct
+ traffic to the correct queue id and socket.
+
Credits
=======
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.txt b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.txt
index d235cbaeccc6..2013fcedc2da 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/aquantia/atlantic.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-aQuantia AQtion Driver for the aQuantia Multi-Gigabit PCI Express Family of
-Ethernet Adapters
+Marvell(Aquantia) AQtion Driver for the aQuantia Multi-Gigabit PCI Express
+Family of Ethernet Adapters
=============================================================================
Contents
@@ -325,6 +325,46 @@ Supported ethtool options
Example:
ethtool -N eth0 flow-type udp4 action 0 loc 32
+ UDP GSO hardware offload
+ ---------------------------------
+ UDP GSO allows to boost UDP tx rates by offloading UDP headers allocation
+ into hardware. A special userspace socket option is required for this,
+ could be validated with /kernel/tools/testing/selftests/net/
+
+ udpgso_bench_tx -u -4 -D 10.0.1.1 -s 6300 -S 100
+
+ Will cause sending out of 100 byte sized UDP packets formed from single
+ 6300 bytes user buffer.
+
+ UDP GSO is configured by:
+
+ ethtool -K eth0 tx-udp-segmentation on
+
+ Private flags (testing)
+ ---------------------------------
+
+ Atlantic driver supports private flags for hardware custom features:
+
+ $ ethtool --show-priv-flags ethX
+
+ Private flags for ethX:
+ DMASystemLoopback : off
+ PKTSystemLoopback : off
+ DMANetworkLoopback : off
+ PHYInternalLoopback: off
+ PHYExternalLoopback: off
+
+ Example:
+
+ $ ethtool --set-priv-flags ethX DMASystemLoopback on
+
+ DMASystemLoopback: DMA Host loopback.
+ PKTSystemLoopback: Packet buffer host loopback.
+ DMANetworkLoopback: Network side loopback on DMA block.
+ PHYInternalLoopback: Internal loopback on Phy.
+ PHYExternalLoopback: External loopback on Phy (with loopback ethernet cable).
+
+
Command Line Parameters
=======================
The following command line parameters are available on atlantic driver:
@@ -426,7 +466,7 @@ Support
If an issue is identified with the released source code on the supported
kernel with a supported adapter, email the specific information related
-to the issue to support@aquantia.com
+to the issue to aqn_support@marvell.com
License
=======
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa.txt b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa.txt
index f88194f71c54..b06601ff9200 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa.txt
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ CONFIG_AQUANTIA_PHY=y
DPAA Ethernet Frame Processing
==============================
-On Rx, buffers for the incoming frames are retrieved from one of the three
-existing buffers pools. The driver initializes and seeds these, each with
-buffers of different sizes: 1KB, 2KB and 4KB.
+On Rx, buffers for the incoming frames are retrieved from the buffers found
+in the dedicated interface buffer pool. The driver initializes and seeds these
+with one page buffers.
On Tx, all transmitted frames are returned to the driver through Tx
confirmation frame queues. The driver is then responsible for freeing the
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ The following statistics are exported for each interface through ethtool:
The driver also exports the following information in sysfs:
- the FQ IDs for each FQ type
- /sys/devices/platform/dpaa-ethernet.0/net/<int>/fqids
+ /sys/devices/platform/soc/<addr>.fman/<addr>.ethernet/dpaa-ethernet.<id>/net/fm<nr>-mac<nr>/fqids
- - the IDs of the buffer pools in use
- /sys/devices/platform/dpaa-ethernet.0/net/<int>/bpids
+ - the ID of the buffer pool in use
+ /sys/devices/platform/soc/<addr>.fman/<addr>.ethernet/dpaa-ethernet.<id>/net/fm<nr>-mac<nr>/bpids
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/index.rst
index 67bd87fe6c53..ee40fcc5ddff 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/index.rst
@@ -8,3 +8,4 @@ DPAA2 Documentation
overview
dpio-driver
ethernet-driver
+ mac-phy-support
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/mac-phy-support.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/mac-phy-support.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..51e6624fb774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/mac-phy-support.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+=======================
+DPAA2 MAC / PHY support
+=======================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2019 NXP
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+The DPAA2 MAC / PHY support consists of a set of APIs that help DPAA2 network
+drivers (dpaa2-eth, dpaa2-ethsw) interract with the PHY library.
+
+DPAA2 Software Architecture
+---------------------------
+
+Among other DPAA2 objects, the fsl-mc bus exports DPNI objects (abstracting a
+network interface) and DPMAC objects (abstracting a MAC). The dpaa2-eth driver
+probes on the DPNI object and connects to and configures a DPMAC object with
+the help of phylink.
+
+Data connections may be established between a DPNI and a DPMAC, or between two
+DPNIs. Depending on the connection type, the netif_carrier_[on/off] is handled
+directly by the dpaa2-eth driver or by phylink.
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ Sources of abstracted link state information presented by the MC firmware
+
+ +--------------------------------------+
+ +------------+ +---------+ | xgmac_mdio |
+ | net_device | | phylink |--| +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ |
+ +------------+ +---------+ | | PHY | | PHY | | PHY | | PHY | |
+ | | | +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ |
+ +------------------------------------+ | External MDIO bus |
+ | dpaa2-eth | +--------------------------------------+
+ +------------------------------------+
+ | | Linux
+ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+ | | MC firmware
+ | /| V
+ +----------+ / | +----------+
+ | | / | | |
+ | | | | | |
+ | DPNI |<------| |<------| DPMAC |
+ | | | | | |
+ | | \ |<---+ | |
+ +----------+ \ | | +----------+
+ \| |
+ |
+ +--------------------------------------+
+ | MC firmware polling MAC PCS for link |
+ | +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ |
+ | | PCS | | PCS | | PCS | | PCS | |
+ | +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ |
+ | Internal MDIO bus |
+ +--------------------------------------+
+
+
+Depending on an MC firmware configuration setting, each MAC may be in one of two modes:
+
+- DPMAC_LINK_TYPE_FIXED: the link state management is handled exclusively by
+ the MC firmware by polling the MAC PCS. Without the need to register a
+ phylink instance, the dpaa2-eth driver will not bind to the connected dpmac
+ object at all.
+
+- DPMAC_LINK_TYPE_PHY: The MC firmware is left waiting for link state update
+ events, but those are in fact passed strictly between the dpaa2-mac (based on
+ phylink) and its attached net_device driver (dpaa2-eth, dpaa2-ethsw),
+ effectively bypassing the firmware.
+
+Implementation
+--------------
+
+At probe time or when a DPNI's endpoint is dynamically changed, the dpaa2-eth
+is responsible to find out if the peer object is a DPMAC and if this is the
+case, to integrate it with PHYLINK using the dpaa2_mac_connect() API, which
+will do the following:
+
+ - look up the device tree for PHYLINK-compatible of binding (phy-handle)
+ - will create a PHYLINK instance associated with the received net_device
+ - connect to the PHY using phylink_of_phy_connect()
+
+The following phylink_mac_ops callback are implemented:
+
+ - .validate() will populate the supported linkmodes with the MAC capabilities
+ only when the phy_interface_t is RGMII_* (at the moment, this is the only
+ link type supported by the driver).
+
+ - .mac_config() will configure the MAC in the new configuration using the
+ dpmac_set_link_state() MC firmware API.
+
+ - .mac_link_up() / .mac_link_down() will update the MAC link using the same
+ API described above.
+
+At driver unbind() or when the DPNI object is disconnected from the DPMAC, the
+dpaa2-eth driver calls dpaa2_mac_disconnect() which will, in turn, disconnect
+from the PHY and destroy the PHYLINK instance.
+
+In case of a DPNI-DPMAC connection, an 'ip link set dev eth0 up' would start
+the following sequence of operations:
+
+(1) phylink_start() called from .dev_open().
+(2) The .mac_config() and .mac_link_up() callbacks are called by PHYLINK.
+(3) In order to configure the HW MAC, the MC Firmware API
+ dpmac_set_link_state() is called.
+(4) The firmware will eventually setup the HW MAC in the new configuration.
+(5) A netif_carrier_on() call is made directly from PHYLINK on the associated
+ net_device.
+(6) The dpaa2-eth driver handles the LINK_STATE_CHANGE irq in order to
+ enable/disable Rx taildrop based on the pause frame settings.
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ +---------+ +---------+
+ | PHYLINK |-------------->| eth0 |
+ +---------+ (5) +---------+
+ (1) ^ |
+ | |
+ | v (2)
+ +-----------------------------------+
+ | dpaa2-eth |
+ +-----------------------------------+
+ | ^ (6)
+ | |
+ v (3) |
+ +---------+---------------+---------+
+ | DPMAC | | DPNI |
+ +---------+ +---------+
+ | MC Firmware |
+ +-----------------------------------+
+ |
+ |
+ v (4)
+ +-----------------------------------+
+ | HW MAC |
+ +-----------------------------------+
+
+In case of a DPNI-DPNI connection, a usual sequence of operations looks like
+the following:
+
+(1) ip link set dev eth0 up
+(2) The dpni_enable() MC API called on the associated fsl_mc_device.
+(3) ip link set dev eth1 up
+(4) The dpni_enable() MC API called on the associated fsl_mc_device.
+(5) The LINK_STATE_CHANGED irq is received by both instances of the dpaa2-eth
+ driver because now the operational link state is up.
+(6) The netif_carrier_on() is called on the exported net_device from
+ link_state_update().
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ +---------+ +---------+
+ | eth0 | | eth1 |
+ +---------+ +---------+
+ | ^ ^ |
+ | | | |
+ (1) v | (6) (6) | v (3)
+ +---------+ +---------+
+ |dpaa2-eth| |dpaa2-eth|
+ +---------+ +---------+
+ | ^ ^ |
+ | | | |
+ (2) v | (5) (5) | v (4)
+ +---------+---------------+---------+
+ | DPNI | | DPNI |
+ +---------+ +---------+
+ | MC Firmware |
+ +-----------------------------------+
+
+
+Exported API
+------------
+
+Any DPAA2 driver that drivers endpoints of DPMAC objects should service its
+_EVENT_ENDPOINT_CHANGED irq and connect/disconnect from the associated DPMAC
+when necessary using the below listed API::
+
+ - int dpaa2_mac_connect(struct dpaa2_mac *mac);
+ - void dpaa2_mac_disconnect(struct dpaa2_mac *mac);
+
+A phylink integration is necessary only when the partner DPMAC is not of TYPE_FIXED.
+One can check for this condition using the below API::
+
+ - bool dpaa2_mac_is_type_fixed(struct fsl_mc_device *dpmac_dev,struct fsl_mc_io *mc_io);
+
+Before connection to a MAC, the caller must allocate and populate the
+dpaa2_mac structure with the associated net_device, a pointer to the MC portal
+to be used and the actual fsl_mc_device structure of the DPMAC.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst
index f51f92571e39..c1f7f75e5fd9 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Contents:
intel/ice
google/gve
mellanox/mlx5
+ netronome/nfp
pensando/ionic
.. only:: subproject and html
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e100.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e100.rst
index 2b9f4887beda..caf023cc88de 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e100.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e100.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-==============================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/100 Family of Adapters
-==============================================================
+=============================================================
+Linux Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/100 Family of Adapters
+=============================================================
June 1, 2018
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Contents
In This Release
===============
-This file describes the Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/100 Family of
+This file describes the Linux Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/100 Family of
Adapters. This driver includes support for Itanium(R)2-based systems.
For questions related to hardware requirements, refer to the documentation
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ version 1.6 or later is required for this functionality.
The latest release of ethtool can be found from
https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/
-Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL)
----------------------------
-WoL is provided through the ethtool* utility. For instructions on
+Enabling Wake on LAN (WoL)
+--------------------------
+WoL is provided through the ethtool utility. For instructions on
enabling WoL with ethtool, refer to the ethtool man page. WoL will be
enabled on the system during the next shut down or reboot. For this
driver version, in order to enable WoL, the e100 driver must be loaded
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000.rst
index 956560b6e745..4aaae0f7d6ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-===========================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Network Connection
-===========================================================
+==========================================================
+Linux Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Network Connection
+==========================================================
Intel Gigabit Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 1999 - 2013 Intel Corporation.
@@ -438,10 +438,10 @@ ethtool
The latest release of ethtool can be found from
https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/
-Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL)
----------------------------
+Enabling Wake on LAN (WoL)
+--------------------------
- WoL is configured through the ethtool* utility.
+ WoL is configured through the ethtool utility.
WoL will be enabled on the system during the next shut down or reboot.
For this driver version, in order to enable WoL, the e1000 driver must be
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000e.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000e.rst
index 01999f05509c..f49cd370e7bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000e.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/e1000e.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-======================================================
-Linux* Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Network Connection
-======================================================
+=====================================================
+Linux Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Network Connection
+=====================================================
Intel Gigabit Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 2008-2018 Intel Corporation.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ and higher cannot be forced. Use the autonegotiation advertising setting to
manually set devices for 1 Gbps and higher.
Speed, duplex, and autonegotiation advertising are configured through the
-ethtool* utility.
+ethtool utility.
Caution: Only experienced network administrators should force speed and duplex
or change autonegotiation advertising manually. The settings at the switch must
@@ -351,9 +351,9 @@ will not attempt to auto-negotiate with its link partner since those adapters
operate only in full duplex and only at their native speed.
-Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL)
----------------------------
-WoL is configured through the ethtool* utility.
+Enabling Wake on LAN (WoL)
+--------------------------
+WoL is configured through the ethtool utility.
WoL will be enabled on the system during the next shut down or reboot. For
this driver version, in order to enable WoL, the e1000e driver must be loaded
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/fm10k.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/fm10k.rst
index ac3269e34f55..4d279e64e221 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/fm10k.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/fm10k.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-==============================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Multi-host Controller
-==============================================================
+=============================================================
+Linux Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Multi-host Controller
+=============================================================
August 20, 2018
Copyright(c) 2015-2018 Intel Corporation.
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ rx-flow-hash tcp4|udp4|ah4|esp4|sctp4|tcp6|udp6|ah6|esp6|sctp6 m|v|t|s|d|f|n|r
Known Issues/Troubleshooting
============================
-Enabling SR-IOV in a 64-bit Microsoft* Windows Server* 2012/R2 guest OS under Linux KVM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Enabling SR-IOV in a 64-bit Microsoft Windows Server 2012/R2 guest OS under Linux KVM
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KVM Hypervisor/VMM supports direct assignment of a PCIe device to a VM. This
includes traditional PCIe devices, as well as SR-IOV-capable devices based on
the Intel Ethernet Controller XL710.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/i40e.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/i40e.rst
index 848fd388fa6e..8a9b18573688 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/i40e.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/i40e.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-==================================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet Controller 700 Series
-==================================================================
+=================================================================
+Linux Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet Controller 700 Series
+=================================================================
Intel 40 Gigabit Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 1999-2018 Intel Corporation.
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ NOTE: You cannot set the speed for devices based on the Intel(R) Ethernet
Network Adapter XXV710 based devices.
Speed, duplex, and autonegotiation advertising are configured through the
-ethtool* utility.
+ethtool utility.
Caution: Only experienced network administrators should force speed and duplex
or change autonegotiation advertising manually. The settings at the switch must
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/iavf.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/iavf.rst
index cfc08842e32c..84ac7e75f363 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/iavf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/iavf.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-==================================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Adaptive Virtual Function
-==================================================================
+=================================================================
+Linux Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Adaptive Virtual Function
+=================================================================
Intel Ethernet Adaptive Virtual Function Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 2013-2018 Intel Corporation.
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Contents
Overview
========
-This file describes the iavf Linux* Base Driver. This driver was formerly
+This file describes the iavf Linux Base Driver. This driver was formerly
called i40evf.
The iavf driver supports the below mentioned virtual function devices and
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ice.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ice.rst
index c220aa2711c6..ee43ea57d443 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ice.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ice.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-===================================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet Connection E800 Series
-===================================================================
+==================================================================
+Linux Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet Connection E800 Series
+==================================================================
Intel ice Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 2018 Intel Corporation.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igb.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igb.rst
index fc8cfaa5dcfa..87e560fe5eaa 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igb.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igb.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-===========================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Network Connection
-===========================================================
+==========================================================
+Linux Base Driver for Intel(R) Ethernet Network Connection
+==========================================================
Intel Gigabit Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 1999-2018 Intel Corporation.
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ version is required for this functionality. Download it at:
https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/
-Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL)
----------------------------
-WoL is configured through the ethtool* utility.
+Enabling Wake on LAN (WoL)
+--------------------------
+WoL is configured through the ethtool utility.
WoL will be enabled on the system during the next shut down or reboot. For
this driver version, in order to enable WoL, the igb driver must be loaded
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igbvf.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igbvf.rst
index 9cddabe8108e..557fc020ef31 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igbvf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/igbvf.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-============================================================
-Linux* Base Virtual Function Driver for Intel(R) 1G Ethernet
-============================================================
+===========================================================
+Linux Base Virtual Function Driver for Intel(R) 1G Ethernet
+===========================================================
Intel Gigabit Virtual Function Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 1999-2018 Intel Corporation.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbe.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbe.rst
index c7d25483fedb..f1d5233e5e51 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbe.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbe.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-=============================================================================
-Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet 10 Gigabit PCI Express Adapters
-=============================================================================
+===========================================================================
+Linux Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet 10 Gigabit PCI Express Adapters
+===========================================================================
Intel 10 Gigabit Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 1999-2018 Intel Corporation.
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ The offload is also supported for ixgbe's VFs, but the VF must be set as
Known Issues/Troubleshooting
============================
-Enabling SR-IOV in a 64-bit Microsoft* Windows Server* 2012/R2 guest OS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Enabling SR-IOV in a 64-bit Microsoft Windows Server 2012/R2 guest OS
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
Linux KVM Hypervisor/VMM supports direct assignment of a PCIe device to a VM.
This includes traditional PCIe devices, as well as SR-IOV-capable devices based
on the Intel Ethernet Controller XL710.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbevf.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbevf.rst
index 5d4977360157..76bbde736f21 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbevf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/intel/ixgbevf.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-=============================================================
-Linux* Base Virtual Function Driver for Intel(R) 10G Ethernet
-=============================================================
+============================================================
+Linux Base Virtual Function Driver for Intel(R) 10G Ethernet
+============================================================
Intel 10 Gigabit Virtual Function Linux driver.
Copyright(c) 1999-2018 Intel Corporation.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/mellanox/mlx5.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/mellanox/mlx5.rst
index d071c6b49e1f..7599dceba9f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/mellanox/mlx5.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/mellanox/mlx5.rst
@@ -154,6 +154,27 @@ User command examples:
values:
cmode runtime value smfs
+enable_roce: RoCE enablement state
+----------------------------------
+RoCE enablement state controls driver support for RoCE traffic.
+When RoCE is disabled, there is no gid table, only raw ethernet QPs are supported and traffic on the well known UDP RoCE port is handled as raw ethernet traffic.
+
+To change RoCE enablement state a user must change the driverinit cmode value and run devlink reload.
+
+User command examples:
+
+- Disable RoCE::
+
+ $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 name enable_roce value false cmode driverinit
+ $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0
+
+- Read RoCE enablement state::
+
+ $ devlink dev param show pci/0000:06:00.0 name enable_roce
+ pci/0000:06:00.0:
+ name enable_roce type generic
+ values:
+ cmode driverinit value true
Devlink health reporters
========================
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/pensando/ionic.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/pensando/ionic.rst
index 67b6839d516b..c17d680cf334 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/pensando/ionic.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/pensando/ionic.rst
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
-==========================================================
-Linux* Driver for the Pensando(R) Ethernet adapter family
-==========================================================
+========================================================
+Linux Driver for the Pensando(R) Ethernet adapter family
+========================================================
Pensando Linux Ethernet driver.
Copyright(c) 2019 Pensando Systems, Inc
@@ -36,8 +36,10 @@ Support
=======
For general Linux networking support, please use the netdev mailing
list, which is monitored by Pensando personnel::
+
netdev@vger.kernel.org
For more specific support needs, please use the Pensando driver support
email::
- drivers@pensando.io
+
+ drivers@pensando.io
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw_switchdev.txt b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw_switchdev.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5c8cee17fca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ti/cpsw_switchdev.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+* Texas Instruments CPSW switchdev based ethernet driver 2.0
+
+- Port renaming
+On older udev versions renaming of ethX to swXpY will not be automatically
+supported
+In order to rename via udev:
+ip -d link show dev sw0p1 | grep switchid
+
+SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_switch_id}==<switchid>, \
+ ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", NAME="sw0$attr{phys_port_name}"
+
+
+====================
+# Dual mac mode
+====================
+- The new (cpsw_new.c) driver is operating in dual-emac mode by default, thus
+working as 2 individual network interfaces. Main differences from legacy CPSW
+driver are:
+ - optimized promiscuous mode: The P0_UNI_FLOOD (both ports) is enabled in
+addition to ALLMULTI (current port) instead of ALE_BYPASS.
+So, Ports in promiscuous mode will keep possibility of mcast and vlan filtering,
+which is provides significant benefits when ports are joined to the same bridge,
+but without enabling "switch" mode, or to different bridges.
+ - learning disabled on ports as it make not too much sense for
+ segregated ports - no forwarding in HW.
+ - enabled basic support for devlink.
+
+ devlink dev show
+ platform/48484000.switch
+
+ devlink dev param show
+ platform/48484000.switch:
+ name switch_mode type driver-specific
+ values:
+ cmode runtime value false
+ name ale_bypass type driver-specific
+ values:
+ cmode runtime value false
+
+Devlink configuration parameters
+====================
+See Documentation/networking/devlink-params-ti-cpsw-switch.txt
+
+====================
+# Bridging in dual mac mode
+====================
+The dual_mac mode requires two vids to be reserved for internal purposes,
+which, by default, equal CPSW Port numbers. As result, bridge has to be
+configured in vlan unaware mode or default_pvid has to be adjusted.
+
+ ip link add name br0 type bridge
+ ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
+ echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/default_pvid
+ ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
+ ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
+ - or -
+ ip link add name br0 type bridge
+ ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
+ echo 100 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/default_pvid
+ ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
+ ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
+ ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
+
+====================
+# Enabling "switch"
+====================
+The Switch mode can be enabled by configuring devlink driver parameter
+"switch_mode" to 1/true:
+ devlink dev param set platform/48484000.switch \
+ name switch_mode value 1 cmode runtime
+
+This can be done regardless of the state of Port's netdev devices - UP/DOWN, but
+Port's netdev devices have to be in UP before joining to the bridge to avoid
+overwriting of bridge configuration as CPSW switch driver copletly reloads its
+configuration when first Port changes its state to UP.
+
+When the both interfaces joined the bridge - CPSW switch driver will enable
+marking packets with offload_fwd_mark flag unless "ale_bypass=0"
+
+All configuration is implemented via switchdev API.
+
+====================
+# Bridge setup
+====================
+ devlink dev param set platform/48484000.switch \
+ name switch_mode value 1 cmode runtime
+
+ ip link add name br0 type bridge
+ ip link set dev br0 type bridge ageing_time 1000
+ ip link set dev sw0p1 up
+ ip link set dev sw0p2 up
+ ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
+ ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
+ [*] bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self
+
+[*] if vlan_filtering=1. where default_pvid=1
+
+=================
+# On/off STP
+=================
+ip link set dev BRDEV type bridge stp_state 1/0
+
+Note. Steps [*] are mandatory.
+
+====================
+# VLAN configuration
+====================
+bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self <---- add cpu port to VLAN 1
+
+Note. This step is mandatory for bridge/default_pvid.
+
+=================
+# Add extra VLANs
+=================
+ 1. untagged:
+ bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 pvid untagged master
+ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 pvid untagged master
+ bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid untagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100
+
+ 2. tagged:
+ bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 master
+ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 master
+ bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid tagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100
+
+====
+FDBs
+====
+FDBs are automatically added on the appropriate switch port upon detection
+
+Manually adding FDBs:
+bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff dev sw0p1 master vlan 100
+bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:fe dev sw0p2 master <---- Add on all VLANs
+
+====
+MDBs
+====
+MDBs are automatically added on the appropriate switch port upon detection
+
+Manually adding MDBs:
+bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent vid 100
+bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent <---- Add on all VLANs
+
+==================
+Multicast flooding
+==================
+CPU port mcast_flooding is always on
+
+Turning flooding on/off on swithch ports:
+bridge link set dev sw0p1 mcast_flood on/off
+
+==================
+Access and Trunk port
+==================
+ bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 pvid untagged master
+ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 master
+
+
+ bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
+ ip link add link br0 name br0.100 type vlan id 100
+
+ Note. Setting PVID on Bridge device itself working only for
+ default VLAN (default_pvid).
+
+=====================
+ NFS
+=====================
+The only way for NFS to work is by chrooting to a minimal environment when
+switch configuration that will affect connectivity is needed.
+Assuming you are booting NFS with eth1 interface(the script is hacky and
+it's just there to prove NFS is doable).
+
+setup.sh:
+#!/bin/sh
+mkdir proc
+mount -t proc none /proc
+ifconfig br0 > /dev/null
+if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
+ echo "Setting up bridge"
+ ip link add name br0 type bridge
+ ip link set dev br0 type bridge ageing_time 1000
+ ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
+
+ ip link set eth1 down
+ ip link set eth1 name sw0p1
+ ip link set dev sw0p1 up
+ ip link set dev sw0p2 up
+ ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0
+ ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0
+ bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self
+ ifconfig sw0p1 0.0.0.0
+ udhchc -i br0
+fi
+umount /proc
+
+run_nfs.sh:
+#!/bin/sh
+mkdir /tmp/root/bin -p
+mkdir /tmp/root/lib -p
+
+cp -r /lib/ /tmp/root/
+cp -r /bin/ /tmp/root/
+cp /sbin/ip /tmp/root/bin
+cp /sbin/bridge /tmp/root/bin
+cp /sbin/ifconfig /tmp/root/bin
+cp /sbin/udhcpc /tmp/root/bin
+cp /path/to/setup.sh /tmp/root/bin
+chroot /tmp/root/ busybox sh /bin/setup.sh
+
+run ./run_nfs.sh
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mlx5.txt b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mlx5.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5071467118bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mlx5.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+flow_steering_mode [DEVICE, DRIVER-SPECIFIC]
+ Controls the flow steering mode of the driver.
+ Two modes are supported:
+ 1. 'dmfs' - Device managed flow steering.
+ 2. 'smfs - Software/Driver managed flow steering.
+ In DMFS mode, the HW steering entities are created and
+ managed through the Firmware.
+ In SMFS mode, the HW steering entities are created and
+ managed though by the driver directly into Hardware
+ without firmware intervention.
+ Type: String
+ Configuration mode: runtime
+
+enable_roce [DEVICE, GENERIC]
+ Enable handling of RoCE traffic in the device.
+ Defaultly enabled.
+ Configuration mode: driverinit
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mv88e6xxx.txt b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mv88e6xxx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..21c4b3556ef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-mv88e6xxx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+ATU_hash [DEVICE, DRIVER-SPECIFIC]
+ Select one of four possible hashing algorithms for
+ MAC addresses in the Address Translation Unit.
+ A value of 3 seems to work better than the default of
+ 1 when many MAC addresses have the same OUI.
+ Configuration mode: runtime
+ Type: u8. 0-3 valid.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-ti-cpsw-switch.txt b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-ti-cpsw-switch.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4037458499f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params-ti-cpsw-switch.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+ale_bypass [DEVICE, DRIVER-SPECIFIC]
+ Allows to enable ALE_CONTROL(4).BYPASS mode for debug purposes.
+ All packets will be sent to the Host port only if enabled.
+ Type: bool
+ Configuration mode: runtime
+
+switch_mode [DEVICE, DRIVER-SPECIFIC]
+ Enable switch mode
+ Type: bool
+ Configuration mode: runtime
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink-params.txt b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params.txt
index ddba3e9b55b1..04e234e9acc9 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/devlink-params.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink-params.txt
@@ -65,3 +65,7 @@ reset_dev_on_drv_probe [DEVICE, GENERIC]
Reset only if device firmware can be found in the
filesystem.
Type: u8
+
+enable_roce [DEVICE, GENERIC]
+ Enable handling of RoCE traffic in the device.
+ Type: Boolean
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink-trap.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink-trap.rst
index 8e90a85f3bd5..dc9659ca06fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/devlink-trap.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink-trap.rst
@@ -162,6 +162,67 @@ be added to the following table:
- ``drop``
- Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they could not be
enqueued to a transmission queue which is full
+ * - ``non_ip``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they need to
+ undergo a layer 3 lookup, but are not IP or MPLS packets
+ * - ``uc_dip_over_mc_dmac``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they need to be
+ routed and they have a unicast destination IP and a multicast destination
+ MAC
+ * - ``dip_is_loopback_address``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they need to be
+ routed and their destination IP is the loopback address (i.e., 127.0.0.0/8
+ and ::1/128)
+ * - ``sip_is_mc``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they need to be
+ routed and their source IP is multicast (i.e., 224.0.0.0/8 and ff::/8)
+ * - ``sip_is_loopback_address``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they need to be
+ routed and their source IP is the loopback address (i.e., 127.0.0.0/8 and ::1/128)
+ * - ``ip_header_corrupted``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they need to be
+ routed and their IP header is corrupted: wrong checksum, wrong IP version
+ or too short Internet Header Length (IHL)
+ * - ``ipv4_sip_is_limited_bc``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps packets that the device decided to drop because they need to be
+ routed and their source IP is limited broadcast (i.e., 255.255.255.255/32)
+ * - ``ipv6_mc_dip_reserved_scope``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps IPv6 packets that the device decided to drop because they need to
+ be routed and their IPv6 multicast destination IP has a reserved scope
+ (i.e., ffx0::/16)
+ * - ``ipv6_mc_dip_interface_local_scope``
+ - ``drop``
+ - Traps IPv6 packets that the device decided to drop because they need to
+ be routed and their IPv6 multicast destination IP has an interface-local scope
+ (i.e., ffx1::/16)
+ * - ``mtu_value_is_too_small``
+ - ``exception``
+ - Traps packets that should have been routed by the device, but were bigger
+ than the MTU of the egress interface
+ * - ``unresolved_neigh``
+ - ``exception``
+ - Traps packets that did not have a matching IP neighbour after routing
+ * - ``mc_reverse_path_forwarding``
+ - ``exception``
+ - Traps multicast IP packets that failed reverse-path forwarding (RPF)
+ check during multicast routing
+ * - ``reject_route``
+ - ``exception``
+ - Traps packets that hit reject routes (i.e., "unreachable", "prohibit")
+ * - ``ipv4_lpm_miss``
+ - ``exception``
+ - Traps unicast IPv4 packets that did not match any route
+ * - ``ipv6_lpm_miss``
+ - ``exception``
+ - Traps unicast IPv6 packets that did not match any route
Driver-specific Packet Traps
============================
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
index 319e5e041f38..c4a328f2d57a 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt
@@ -770,10 +770,10 @@ Some core changes of the new internal format:
callq foo
mov %rax,%r13
mov %rbx,%rdi
- mov $0x2,%esi
- mov $0x3,%edx
- mov $0x4,%ecx
- mov $0x5,%r8d
+ mov $0x6,%esi
+ mov $0x7,%edx
+ mov $0x8,%ecx
+ mov $0x9,%r8d
callq bar
add %r13,%rax
mov -0x228(%rbp),%rbx
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/index.rst
index d4dca42910d0..5acab1290e03 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/index.rst
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ Contents:
scaling
tls
tls-offload
+ nfc
.. only:: subproject and html
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index 49e95f438ed7..099a55bd1432 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ TCP variables:
somaxconn - INTEGER
Limit of socket listen() backlog, known in userspace as SOMAXCONN.
- Defaults to 128. See also tcp_max_syn_backlog for additional tuning
- for TCP sockets.
+ Defaults to 4096. (Was 128 before linux-5.4)
+ See also tcp_max_syn_backlog for additional tuning for TCP sockets.
tcp_abort_on_overflow - BOOLEAN
If listening service is too slow to accept new connections,
@@ -408,11 +408,14 @@ tcp_max_orphans - INTEGER
up to ~64K of unswappable memory.
tcp_max_syn_backlog - INTEGER
- Maximal number of remembered connection requests, which have not
- received an acknowledgment from connecting client.
+ Maximal number of remembered connection requests (SYN_RECV),
+ which have not received an acknowledgment from connecting client.
+ This is a per-listener limit.
The minimal value is 128 for low memory machines, and it will
increase in proportion to the memory of machine.
If server suffers from overload, try increasing this number.
+ Remember to also check /proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn
+ A SYN_RECV request socket consumes about 304 bytes of memory.
tcp_max_tw_buckets - INTEGER
Maximal number of timewait sockets held by system simultaneously.
@@ -2088,6 +2091,28 @@ pf_enable - INTEGER
Default: 1
+pf_expose - INTEGER
+ Unset or enable/disable pf (pf is short for potentially failed) state
+ exposure. Applications can control the exposure of the PF path state
+ in the SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE event and the SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDR_INFO
+ sockopt. When it's unset, no SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE event with
+ SCTP_ADDR_PF state will be sent and a SCTP_PF-state transport info
+ can be got via SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDR_INFO sockopt; When it's enabled,
+ a SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE event will be sent for a transport becoming
+ SCTP_PF state and a SCTP_PF-state transport info can be got via
+ SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDR_INFO sockopt; When it's diabled, no
+ SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE event will be sent and it returns -EACCES when
+ trying to get a SCTP_PF-state transport info via SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDR_INFO
+ sockopt.
+
+ 0: Unset pf state exposure, Compatible with old applications.
+
+ 1: Disable pf state exposure.
+
+ 2: Enable pf state exposure.
+
+ Default: 0
+
addip_noauth_enable - BOOLEAN
Dynamic Address Reconfiguration (ADD-IP) requires the use of
authentication to protect the operations of adding or removing new
@@ -2170,6 +2195,18 @@ pf_retrans - INTEGER
Default: 0
+ps_retrans - INTEGER
+ Primary.Switchover.Max.Retrans (PSMR), it's a tunable parameter coming
+ from section-5 "Primary Path Switchover" in rfc7829. The primary path
+ will be changed to another active path when the path error counter on
+ the old primary path exceeds PSMR, so that "the SCTP sender is allowed
+ to continue data transmission on a new working path even when the old
+ primary destination address becomes active again". Note this feature
+ is disabled by initializing 'ps_retrans' per netns as 0xffff by default,
+ and its value can't be less than 'pf_retrans' when changing by sysctl.
+
+ Default: 0xffff
+
rto_initial - INTEGER
The initial round trip timeout value in milliseconds that will be used
in calculating round trip times. This is the initial time interval
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/j1939.rst b/Documentation/networking/j1939.rst
index ce7e7a044e08..dc60b13fcd09 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/j1939.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/j1939.rst
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ supported flags are:
* MSG_DONTWAIT, i.e. non-blocking operation.
recvmsg(2)
-^^^^^^^^^
+^^^^^^^^^^
In most cases recvmsg(2) is needed if you want to extract more information than
recvfrom(2) can provide. For example package priority and timestamp. The
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt b/Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt
index 9cb31c5e2dcd..9bdb7d5a3ba3 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt
@@ -92,16 +92,16 @@ under some conditions.
Part III: Registering a Network Device to DIM
==============================================
-Net DIM API exposes the main function net_dim(struct net_dim *dim,
-struct net_dim_sample end_sample). This function is the entry point to the Net
+Net DIM API exposes the main function net_dim(struct dim *dim,
+struct dim_sample end_sample). This function is the entry point to the Net
DIM algorithm and has to be called every time the driver would like to check if
it should change interrupt moderation parameters. The driver should provide two
-data structures: struct net_dim and struct net_dim_sample. Struct net_dim
+data structures: struct dim and struct dim_sample. Struct dim
describes the state of DIM for a specific object (RX queue, TX queue,
other queues, etc.). This includes the current selected profile, previous data
samples, the callback function provided by the driver and more.
-Struct net_dim_sample describes a data sample, which will be compared to the
-data sample stored in struct net_dim in order to decide on the algorithm's next
+Struct dim_sample describes a data sample, which will be compared to the
+data sample stored in struct dim in order to decide on the algorithm's next
step. The sample should include bytes, packets and interrupts, measured by
the driver.
@@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ main net_dim() function. The recommended method is to call net_dim() on each
interrupt. Since Net DIM has a built-in moderation and it might decide to skip
iterations under certain conditions, there is no need to moderate the net_dim()
calls as well. As mentioned above, the driver needs to provide an object of type
-struct net_dim to the net_dim() function call. It is advised for each entity
-using Net DIM to hold a struct net_dim as part of its data structure and use it
-as the main Net DIM API object. The struct net_dim_sample should hold the latest
+struct dim to the net_dim() function call. It is advised for each entity
+using Net DIM to hold a struct dim as part of its data structure and use it
+as the main Net DIM API object. The struct dim_sample should hold the latest
bytes, packets and interrupts count. No need to perform any calculations, just
include the raw data.
@@ -132,19 +132,19 @@ usage is not complete but it should make the outline of the usage clear.
my_driver.c:
-#include <linux/net_dim.h>
+#include <linux/dim.h>
/* Callback for net DIM to schedule on a decision to change moderation */
void my_driver_do_dim_work(struct work_struct *work)
{
- /* Get struct net_dim from struct work_struct */
- struct net_dim *dim = container_of(work, struct net_dim,
- work);
+ /* Get struct dim from struct work_struct */
+ struct dim *dim = container_of(work, struct dim,
+ work);
/* Do interrupt moderation related stuff */
...
/* Signal net DIM work is done and it should move to next iteration */
- dim->state = NET_DIM_START_MEASURE;
+ dim->state = DIM_START_MEASURE;
}
/* My driver's interrupt handler */
@@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ int my_driver_handle_interrupt(struct my_driver_entity *my_entity, ...)
{
...
/* A struct to hold current measured data */
- struct net_dim_sample dim_sample;
+ struct dim_sample dim_sample;
...
/* Initiate data sample struct with current data */
- net_dim_sample(my_entity->events,
- my_entity->packets,
- my_entity->bytes,
- &dim_sample);
+ dim_update_sample(my_entity->events,
+ my_entity->packets,
+ my_entity->bytes,
+ &dim_sample);
/* Call net DIM */
net_dim(&my_entity->dim, dim_sample);
...
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/nfc.txt b/Documentation/networking/nfc.rst
index b24c29bdae27..9aab3a88c9b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/nfc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/nfc.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+===================
Linux NFC subsystem
===================
@@ -8,7 +9,7 @@ This document covers the architecture overview, the device driver interface
description and the userspace interface description.
Architecture overview
----------------------
+=====================
The NFC subsystem is responsible for:
- NFC adapters management;
@@ -25,33 +26,34 @@ The control operations are available to userspace via generic netlink.
The low-level data exchange interface is provided by the new socket family
PF_NFC. The NFC_SOCKPROTO_RAW performs raw communication with NFC targets.
-
- +--------------------------------------+
- | USER SPACE |
- +--------------------------------------+
- ^ ^
- | low-level | control
- | data exchange | operations
- | |
- | v
- | +-----------+
- | AF_NFC | netlink |
- | socket +-----------+
- | raw ^
- | |
- v v
- +---------+ +-----------+
- | rawsock | <--------> | core |
- +---------+ +-----------+
- ^
- |
- v
- +-----------+
- | driver |
- +-----------+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ +--------------------------------------+
+ | USER SPACE |
+ +--------------------------------------+
+ ^ ^
+ | low-level | control
+ | data exchange | operations
+ | |
+ | v
+ | +-----------+
+ | AF_NFC | netlink |
+ | socket +-----------+
+ | raw ^
+ | |
+ v v
+ +---------+ +-----------+
+ | rawsock | <--------> | core |
+ +---------+ +-----------+
+ ^
+ |
+ v
+ +-----------+
+ | driver |
+ +-----------+
Device Driver Interface
------------------------
+=======================
When registering on the NFC subsystem, the device driver must inform the core
of the set of supported NFC protocols and the set of ops callbacks. The ops
@@ -64,7 +66,7 @@ callbacks that must be implemented are the following:
* data_exchange - send data and receive the response (transceive operation)
Userspace interface
---------------------
+===================
The userspace interface is divided in control operations and low-level data
exchange operation.
@@ -82,7 +84,7 @@ The operations are composed by commands and events, all listed below:
* NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_ADDED - reports an NFC device addition
* NFC_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED - reports an NFC device removal
* NFC_EVENT_TARGETS_FOUND - reports START_POLL results when 1 or more targets
-are found
+ are found
The user must call START_POLL to poll for NFC targets, passing the desired NFC
protocols through NFC_ATTR_PROTOCOLS attribute. The device remains in polling
@@ -101,14 +103,14 @@ it's closed.
LOW-LEVEL DATA EXCHANGE:
The userspace must use PF_NFC sockets to perform any data communication with
-targets. All NFC sockets use AF_NFC:
-
-struct sockaddr_nfc {
- sa_family_t sa_family;
- __u32 dev_idx;
- __u32 target_idx;
- __u32 nfc_protocol;
-};
+targets. All NFC sockets use AF_NFC::
+
+ struct sockaddr_nfc {
+ sa_family_t sa_family;
+ __u32 dev_idx;
+ __u32 target_idx;
+ __u32 nfc_protocol;
+ };
To establish a connection with one target, the user must create an
NFC_SOCKPROTO_RAW socket and call the 'connect' syscall with the sockaddr_nfc
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.rst b/Documentation/networking/phy.rst
index a689966bc4be..cda1c0a0492a 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/phy.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.rst
@@ -352,7 +352,8 @@ Fills the phydev structure with up-to-date information about the current
settings in the PHY.
::
- int phy_ethtool_sset(struct phy_device *phydev, struct ethtool_cmd *cmd);
+ int phy_ethtool_ksettings_set(struct phy_device *phydev,
+ const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd);
Ethtool convenience functions.
::
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst b/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
index 0dd3f748239f..f914e81fd3a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst
@@ -436,6 +436,10 @@ by the driver:
encryption.
* ``tx_tls_ooo`` - number of TX packets which were part of a TLS stream
but did not arrive in the expected order.
+ * ``tx_tls_skip_no_sync_data`` - number of TX packets which were part of
+ a TLS stream and arrived out-of-order, but skipped the HW offload routine
+ and went to the regular transmit flow as they were retransmissions of the
+ connection handshake.
* ``tx_tls_drop_no_sync_data`` - number of TX packets which were part of
a TLS stream dropped, because they arrived out of order and associated
record could not be found.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tls.rst b/Documentation/networking/tls.rst
index 5bcbf75e2025..8cb2cd4e2a80 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tls.rst
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tls.rst
@@ -213,3 +213,29 @@ A patchset to OpenSSL to use ktls as the record layer is
of calling send directly after a handshake using gnutls.
Since it doesn't implement a full record layer, control
messages are not supported.
+
+Statistics
+==========
+
+TLS implementation exposes the following per-namespace statistics
+(``/proc/net/tls_stat``):
+
+- ``TlsCurrTxSw``, ``TlsCurrRxSw`` -
+ number of TX and RX sessions currently installed where host handles
+ cryptography
+
+- ``TlsCurrTxDevice``, ``TlsCurrRxDevice`` -
+ number of TX and RX sessions currently installed where NIC handles
+ cryptography
+
+- ``TlsTxSw``, ``TlsRxSw`` -
+ number of TX and RX sessions opened with host cryptography
+
+- ``TlsTxDevice``, ``TlsRxDevice`` -
+ number of TX and RX sessions opened with NIC cryptography
+
+- ``TlsDecryptError`` -
+ record decryption failed (e.g. due to incorrect authentication tag)
+
+- ``TlsDeviceRxResync`` -
+ number of RX resyncs sent to NICs handling cryptography
diff --git a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst
index f4a2198187f9..ada573b7d703 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ instead of ``double-indenting`` the ``case`` labels. E.g.:
case 'K':
case 'k':
mem <<= 10;
- /* fall through */
+ fallthrough;
default:
break;
}
diff --git a/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst b/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst
index 053b24a6dd38..179f2a5625a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst
+++ b/Documentation/process/deprecated.rst
@@ -122,14 +122,27 @@ memory adjacent to the stack (when built without `CONFIG_VMAP_STACK=y`)
Implicit switch case fall-through
---------------------------------
-The C language allows switch cases to "fall through" when
-a "break" statement is missing at the end of a case. This,
-however, introduces ambiguity in the code, as it's not always
-clear if the missing break is intentional or a bug. As there
-have been a long list of flaws `due to missing "break" statements
+The C language allows switch cases to "fall-through" when a "break" statement
+is missing at the end of a case. This, however, introduces ambiguity in the
+code, as it's not always clear if the missing break is intentional or a bug.
+
+As there have been a long list of flaws `due to missing "break" statements
<https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/484.html>`_, we no longer allow
-"implicit fall-through". In order to identify an intentional fall-through
-case, we have adopted the marking used by static analyzers: a comment
-saying `/* Fall through */`. Once the C++17 `__attribute__((fallthrough))`
-is more widely handled by C compilers, static analyzers, and IDEs, we can
-switch to using that instead.
+"implicit fall-through".
+
+In order to identify intentional fall-through cases, we have adopted a
+pseudo-keyword macro 'fallthrough' which expands to gcc's extension
+__attribute__((__fallthrough__)). `Statement Attributes
+<https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Statement-Attributes.html>`_
+
+When the C17/C18 [[fallthrough]] syntax is more commonly supported by
+C compilers, static analyzers, and IDEs, we can switch to using that syntax
+for the macro pseudo-keyword.
+
+All switch/case blocks must end in one of:
+
+ break;
+ fallthrough;
+ continue;
+ goto <label>;
+ return [expression];
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/rio.rst b/Documentation/usb/rio.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index ea73475471db..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/usb/rio.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-============
-Diamonds Rio
-============
-
-Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Bruce Tenison
-
-Portions Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 David Nelson
-
-Thanks to David Nelson for guidance and the usage of the scanner.txt
-and scanner.c files to model our driver and this informative file.
-
-Mar. 2, 2000
-
-Changes
-=======
-
-- Initial Revision
-
-
-Overview
-========
-
-This README will address issues regarding how to configure the kernel
-to access a RIO 500 mp3 player.
-Before I explain how to use this to access the Rio500 please be warned:
-
-.. warning::
-
- Please note that this software is still under development. The authors
- are in no way responsible for any damage that may occur, no matter how
- inconsequential.
-
-It seems that the Rio has a problem when sending .mp3 with low batteries.
-I suggest when the batteries are low and you want to transfer stuff that you
-replace it with a fresh one. In my case, what happened is I lost two 16kb
-blocks (they are no longer usable to store information to it). But I don't
-know if that's normal or not; it could simply be a problem with the flash
-memory.
-
-In an extreme case, I left my Rio playing overnight and the batteries wore
-down to nothing and appear to have corrupted the flash memory. My RIO
-needed to be replaced as a result. Diamond tech support is aware of the
-problem. Do NOT allow your batteries to wear down to nothing before
-changing them. It appears RIO 500 firmware does not handle low battery
-power well at all.
-
-On systems with OHCI controllers, the kernel OHCI code appears to have
-power on problems with some chipsets. If you are having problems
-connecting to your RIO 500, try turning it on first and then plugging it
-into the USB cable.
-
-Contact Information
--------------------
-
- The main page for the project is hosted at sourceforge.net in the following
- URL: <http://rio500.sourceforge.net>. You can also go to the project's
- sourceforge home page at: <http://sourceforge.net/projects/rio500/>.
- There is also a mailing list: rio500-users@lists.sourceforge.net
-
-Authors
--------
-
-Most of the code was written by Cesar Miquel <miquel@df.uba.ar>. Keith
-Clayton <kclayton@jps.net> is incharge of the PPC port and making sure
-things work there. Bruce Tenison <btenison@dibbs.net> is adding support
-for .fon files and also does testing. The program will mostly sure be
-re-written and Pete Ikusz along with the rest will re-design it. I would
-also like to thank Tri Nguyen <tmn_3022000@hotmail.com> who provided use
-with some important information regarding the communication with the Rio.
-
-Additional Information and userspace tools
-
- http://rio500.sourceforge.net/
-
-
-Requirements
-============
-
-A host with a USB port running a Linux kernel with RIO 500 support enabled.
-
-The driver is a module called rio500, which should be automatically loaded
-as you plug in your device. If that fails you can manually load it with
-
- modprobe rio500
-
-Udev should automatically create a device node as soon as plug in your device.
-If that fails, you can manually add a device for the USB rio500::
-
- mknod /dev/usb/rio500 c 180 64
-
-In that case, set appropriate permissions for /dev/usb/rio500 (don't forget
-about group and world permissions). Both read and write permissions are
-required for proper operation.
-
-That's it. The Rio500 Utils at: http://rio500.sourceforge.net should
-be able to access the rio500.
-
-Limits
-======
-
-You can use only a single rio500 device at a time with your computer.
-
-Bugs
-====
-
-If you encounter any problems feel free to drop me an email.
-
-Bruce Tenison
-btenison@dibbs.net
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt
index 4833904d32a5..49183add44e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.txt
@@ -1002,12 +1002,18 @@ Specifying exception.has_esr on a system that does not support it will return
-EINVAL. Setting anything other than the lower 24bits of exception.serror_esr
will return -EINVAL.
+It is not possible to read back a pending external abort (injected via
+KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS or otherwise) because such an exception is always delivered
+directly to the virtual CPU).
+
+
struct kvm_vcpu_events {
struct {
__u8 serror_pending;
__u8 serror_has_esr;
+ __u8 ext_dabt_pending;
/* Align it to 8 bytes */
- __u8 pad[6];
+ __u8 pad[5];
__u64 serror_esr;
} exception;
__u32 reserved[12];
@@ -1051,9 +1057,23 @@ contain a valid state and shall be written into the VCPU.
ARM/ARM64:
+User space may need to inject several types of events to the guest.
+
Set the pending SError exception state for this VCPU. It is not possible to
'cancel' an Serror that has been made pending.
+If the guest performed an access to I/O memory which could not be handled by
+userspace, for example because of missing instruction syndrome decode
+information or because there is no device mapped at the accessed IPA, then
+userspace can ask the kernel to inject an external abort using the address
+from the exiting fault on the VCPU. It is a programming error to set
+ext_dabt_pending after an exit which was not either KVM_EXIT_MMIO or
+KVM_EXIT_ARM_NISV. This feature is only available if the system supports
+KVM_CAP_ARM_INJECT_EXT_DABT. This is a helper which provides commonality in
+how userspace reports accesses for the above cases to guests, across different
+userspace implementations. Nevertheless, userspace can still emulate all Arm
+exceptions by manipulating individual registers using the KVM_SET_ONE_REG API.
+
See KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS for the data structure.
@@ -2982,6 +3002,9 @@ can be determined by querying the KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_BPS and
KVM_CAP_GUEST_DEBUG_HW_WPS capabilities which return a positive number
indicating the number of supported registers.
+For ppc, the KVM_CAP_PPC_GUEST_DEBUG_SSTEP capability indicates whether
+the single-step debug event (KVM_GUESTDBG_SINGLESTEP) is supported.
+
When debug events exit the main run loop with the reason
KVM_EXIT_DEBUG with the kvm_debug_exit_arch part of the kvm_run
structure containing architecture specific debug information.
@@ -4468,6 +4491,39 @@ Hyper-V SynIC state change. Notification is used to remap SynIC
event/message pages and to enable/disable SynIC messages/events processing
in userspace.
+ /* KVM_EXIT_ARM_NISV */
+ struct {
+ __u64 esr_iss;
+ __u64 fault_ipa;
+ } arm_nisv;
+
+Used on arm and arm64 systems. If a guest accesses memory not in a memslot,
+KVM will typically return to userspace and ask it to do MMIO emulation on its
+behalf. However, for certain classes of instructions, no instruction decode
+(direction, length of memory access) is provided, and fetching and decoding
+the instruction from the VM is overly complicated to live in the kernel.
+
+Historically, when this situation occurred, KVM would print a warning and kill
+the VM. KVM assumed that if the guest accessed non-memslot memory, it was
+trying to do I/O, which just couldn't be emulated, and the warning message was
+phrased accordingly. However, what happened more often was that a guest bug
+caused access outside the guest memory areas which should lead to a more
+meaningful warning message and an external abort in the guest, if the access
+did not fall within an I/O window.
+
+Userspace implementations can query for KVM_CAP_ARM_NISV_TO_USER, and enable
+this capability at VM creation. Once this is done, these types of errors will
+instead return to userspace with KVM_EXIT_ARM_NISV, with the valid bits from
+the HSR (arm) and ESR_EL2 (arm64) in the esr_iss field, and the faulting IPA
+in the fault_ipa field. Userspace can either fix up the access if it's
+actually an I/O access by decoding the instruction from guest memory (if it's
+very brave) and continue executing the guest, or it can decide to suspend,
+dump, or restart the guest.
+
+Note that KVM does not skip the faulting instruction as it does for
+KVM_EXIT_MMIO, but userspace has to emulate any change to the processing state
+if it decides to decode and emulate the instruction.
+
/* Fix the size of the union. */
char padding[256];
};
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/pvtime.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/pvtime.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2357dd2d8655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/pvtime.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+Paravirtualized time support for arm64
+======================================
+
+Arm specification DEN0057/A defines a standard for paravirtualised time
+support for AArch64 guests:
+
+https://developer.arm.com/docs/den0057/a
+
+KVM/arm64 implements the stolen time part of this specification by providing
+some hypervisor service calls to support a paravirtualized guest obtaining a
+view of the amount of time stolen from its execution.
+
+Two new SMCCC compatible hypercalls are defined:
+
+* PV_TIME_FEATURES: 0xC5000020
+* PV_TIME_ST: 0xC5000021
+
+These are only available in the SMC64/HVC64 calling convention as
+paravirtualized time is not available to 32 bit Arm guests. The existence of
+the PV_FEATURES hypercall should be probed using the SMCCC 1.1 ARCH_FEATURES
+mechanism before calling it.
+
+PV_TIME_FEATURES
+ ============= ======== ==========
+ Function ID: (uint32) 0xC5000020
+ PV_call_id: (uint32) The function to query for support.
+ Currently only PV_TIME_ST is supported.
+ Return value: (int64) NOT_SUPPORTED (-1) or SUCCESS (0) if the relevant
+ PV-time feature is supported by the hypervisor.
+ ============= ======== ==========
+
+PV_TIME_ST
+ ============= ======== ==========
+ Function ID: (uint32) 0xC5000021
+ Return value: (int64) IPA of the stolen time data structure for this
+ VCPU. On failure:
+ NOT_SUPPORTED (-1)
+ ============= ======== ==========
+
+The IPA returned by PV_TIME_ST should be mapped by the guest as normal memory
+with inner and outer write back caching attributes, in the inner shareable
+domain. A total of 16 bytes from the IPA returned are guaranteed to be
+meaningfully filled by the hypervisor (see structure below).
+
+PV_TIME_ST returns the structure for the calling VCPU.
+
+Stolen Time
+-----------
+
+The structure pointed to by the PV_TIME_ST hypercall is as follows:
+
++-------------+-------------+-------------+----------------------------+
+| Field | Byte Length | Byte Offset | Description |
++=============+=============+=============+============================+
+| Revision | 4 | 0 | Must be 0 for version 1.0 |
++-------------+-------------+-------------+----------------------------+
+| Attributes | 4 | 4 | Must be 0 |
++-------------+-------------+-------------+----------------------------+
+| Stolen time | 8 | 8 | Stolen time in unsigned |
+| | | | nanoseconds indicating how |
+| | | | much time this VCPU thread |
+| | | | was involuntarily not |
+| | | | running on a physical CPU. |
++-------------+-------------+-------------+----------------------------+
+
+All values in the structure are stored little-endian.
+
+The structure will be updated by the hypervisor prior to scheduling a VCPU. It
+will be present within a reserved region of the normal memory given to the
+guest. The guest should not attempt to write into this memory. There is a
+structure per VCPU of the guest.
+
+It is advisable that one or more 64k pages are set aside for the purpose of
+these structures and not used for other purposes, this enables the guest to map
+the region using 64k pages and avoids conflicting attributes with other memory.
+
+For the user space interface see Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt
+section "3. GROUP: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PVTIME_CTRL".
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt
index 2b5dab16c4f2..6f3bd64a05b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/vcpu.txt
@@ -60,3 +60,17 @@ time to use the number provided for a given timer, overwriting any previously
configured values on other VCPUs. Userspace should configure the interrupt
numbers on at least one VCPU after creating all VCPUs and before running any
VCPUs.
+
+3. GROUP: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PVTIME_CTRL
+Architectures: ARM64
+
+3.1 ATTRIBUTE: KVM_ARM_VCPU_PVTIME_IPA
+Parameters: 64-bit base address
+Returns: -ENXIO: Stolen time not implemented
+ -EEXIST: Base address already set for this VCPU
+ -EINVAL: Base address not 64 byte aligned
+
+Specifies the base address of the stolen time structure for this VCPU. The
+base address must be 64 byte aligned and exist within a valid guest memory
+region. See Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/pvtime.txt for more information
+including the layout of the stolen time structure.
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt
index 42864935ac5d..423332dda7bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xics.txt
@@ -3,9 +3,19 @@ XICS interrupt controller
Device type supported: KVM_DEV_TYPE_XICS
Groups:
- KVM_DEV_XICS_SOURCES
+ 1. KVM_DEV_XICS_GRP_SOURCES
Attributes: One per interrupt source, indexed by the source number.
+ 2. KVM_DEV_XICS_GRP_CTRL
+ Attributes:
+ 2.1 KVM_DEV_XICS_NR_SERVERS (write only)
+ The kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u32 value which is the number of
+ interrupt server numbers (ie, highest possible vcpu id plus one).
+ Errors:
+ -EINVAL: Value greater than KVM_MAX_VCPU_ID.
+ -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr.
+ -EBUSY: A vcpu is already connected to the device.
+
This device emulates the XICS (eXternal Interrupt Controller
Specification) defined in PAPR. The XICS has a set of interrupt
sources, each identified by a 20-bit source number, and a set of
@@ -38,7 +48,7 @@ least-significant end of the word:
Each source has 64 bits of state that can be read and written using
the KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR and KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR ioctls, specifying the
-KVM_DEV_XICS_SOURCES attribute group, with the attribute number being
+KVM_DEV_XICS_GRP_SOURCES attribute group, with the attribute number being
the interrupt source number. The 64 bit state word has the following
bitfields, starting from the least-significant end of the word:
diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt
index 9a24a4525253..f5d1d6b5af61 100644
--- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/devices/xive.txt
@@ -78,6 +78,14 @@ the legacy interrupt mode, referred as XICS (POWER7/8).
migrating the VM.
Errors: none
+ 1.3 KVM_DEV_XIVE_NR_SERVERS (write only)
+ The kvm_device_attr.addr points to a __u32 value which is the number of
+ interrupt server numbers (ie, highest possible vcpu id plus one).
+ Errors:
+ -EINVAL: Value greater than KVM_MAX_VCPU_ID.
+ -EFAULT: Invalid user pointer for attr->addr.
+ -EBUSY: A vCPU is already connected to the device.
+
2. KVM_DEV_XIVE_GRP_SOURCE (write only)
Initializes a new source in the XIVE device and mask it.
Attributes:
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/index.rst b/Documentation/x86/index.rst
index af64c4bb4447..a8de2fbc1caa 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/x86/index.rst
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ x86-specific Documentation
mds
microcode
resctrl_ui
+ tsx_async_abort
usb-legacy-support
i386/index
x86_64/index
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/tsx_async_abort.rst b/Documentation/x86/tsx_async_abort.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..583ddc185ba2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/x86/tsx_async_abort.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+TSX Async Abort (TAA) mitigation
+================================
+
+.. _tsx_async_abort:
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+TSX Async Abort (TAA) is a side channel attack on internal buffers in some
+Intel processors similar to Microachitectural Data Sampling (MDS). In this
+case certain loads may speculatively pass invalid data to dependent operations
+when an asynchronous abort condition is pending in a Transactional
+Synchronization Extensions (TSX) transaction. This includes loads with no
+fault or assist condition. Such loads may speculatively expose stale data from
+the same uarch data structures as in MDS, with same scope of exposure i.e.
+same-thread and cross-thread. This issue affects all current processors that
+support TSX.
+
+Mitigation strategy
+-------------------
+
+a) TSX disable - one of the mitigations is to disable TSX. A new MSR
+IA32_TSX_CTRL will be available in future and current processors after
+microcode update which can be used to disable TSX. In addition, it
+controls the enumeration of the TSX feature bits (RTM and HLE) in CPUID.
+
+b) Clear CPU buffers - similar to MDS, clearing the CPU buffers mitigates this
+vulnerability. More details on this approach can be found in
+:ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst <mds>`.
+
+Kernel internal mitigation modes
+--------------------------------
+
+ ============= ============================================================
+ off Mitigation is disabled. Either the CPU is not affected or
+ tsx_async_abort=off is supplied on the kernel command line.
+
+ tsx disabled Mitigation is enabled. TSX feature is disabled by default at
+ bootup on processors that support TSX control.
+
+ verw Mitigation is enabled. CPU is affected and MD_CLEAR is
+ advertised in CPUID.
+
+ ucode needed Mitigation is enabled. CPU is affected and MD_CLEAR is not
+ advertised in CPUID. That is mainly for virtualization
+ scenarios where the host has the updated microcode but the
+ hypervisor does not expose MD_CLEAR in CPUID. It's a best
+ effort approach without guarantee.
+ ============= ============================================================
+
+If the CPU is affected and the "tsx_async_abort" kernel command line parameter is
+not provided then the kernel selects an appropriate mitigation depending on the
+status of RTM and MD_CLEAR CPUID bits.
+
+Below tables indicate the impact of tsx=on|off|auto cmdline options on state of
+TAA mitigation, VERW behavior and TSX feature for various combinations of
+MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES bits.
+
+1. "tsx=off"
+
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES bits Result with cmdline tsx=off
+---------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TAA_NO MDS_NO TSX_CTRL_MSR TSX state VERW can clear TAA mitigation TAA mitigation
+ after bootup CPU buffers tsx_async_abort=off tsx_async_abort=full
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+ 0 0 0 HW default Yes Same as MDS Same as MDS
+ 0 0 1 Invalid case Invalid case Invalid case Invalid case
+ 0 1 0 HW default No Need ucode update Need ucode update
+ 0 1 1 Disabled Yes TSX disabled TSX disabled
+ 1 X 1 Disabled X None needed None needed
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+
+2. "tsx=on"
+
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES bits Result with cmdline tsx=on
+---------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TAA_NO MDS_NO TSX_CTRL_MSR TSX state VERW can clear TAA mitigation TAA mitigation
+ after bootup CPU buffers tsx_async_abort=off tsx_async_abort=full
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+ 0 0 0 HW default Yes Same as MDS Same as MDS
+ 0 0 1 Invalid case Invalid case Invalid case Invalid case
+ 0 1 0 HW default No Need ucode update Need ucode update
+ 0 1 1 Enabled Yes None Same as MDS
+ 1 X 1 Enabled X None needed None needed
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+
+3. "tsx=auto"
+
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES bits Result with cmdline tsx=auto
+---------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TAA_NO MDS_NO TSX_CTRL_MSR TSX state VERW can clear TAA mitigation TAA mitigation
+ after bootup CPU buffers tsx_async_abort=off tsx_async_abort=full
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+ 0 0 0 HW default Yes Same as MDS Same as MDS
+ 0 0 1 Invalid case Invalid case Invalid case Invalid case
+ 0 1 0 HW default No Need ucode update Need ucode update
+ 0 1 1 Disabled Yes TSX disabled TSX disabled
+ 1 X 1 Enabled X None needed None needed
+========= ========= ============ ============ ============== =================== ======================
+
+In the tables, TSX_CTRL_MSR is a new bit in MSR_IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES that
+indicates whether MSR_IA32_TSX_CTRL is supported.
+
+There are two control bits in IA32_TSX_CTRL MSR:
+
+ Bit 0: When set it disables the Restricted Transactional Memory (RTM)
+ sub-feature of TSX (will force all transactions to abort on the
+ XBEGIN instruction).
+
+ Bit 1: When set it disables the enumeration of the RTM and HLE feature
+ (i.e. it will make CPUID(EAX=7).EBX{bit4} and
+ CPUID(EAX=7).EBX{bit11} read as 0).